TW202340218A - Colored composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound - Google Patents

Colored composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202340218A
TW202340218A TW112105873A TW112105873A TW202340218A TW 202340218 A TW202340218 A TW 202340218A TW 112105873 A TW112105873 A TW 112105873A TW 112105873 A TW112105873 A TW 112105873A TW 202340218 A TW202340218 A TW 202340218A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
formula
japanese patent
compound
compounds
Prior art date
Application number
TW112105873A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
加藤結美
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202340218A publication Critical patent/TW202340218A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3442Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having two nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B45/00Complex metal compounds of azo dyes
    • C09B45/02Preparation from dyes containing in o-position a hydroxy group and in o'-position hydroxy, alkoxy, carboxyl, amino or keto groups
    • C09B45/14Monoazo compounds
    • C09B45/22Monoazo compounds containing other metals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B55/00Azomethine dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/04Isoindoline dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

A colored composition comprising a colorant, a curable compound, and a solvent, wherein the colorant comprises a compound represented by formula (1); a film; a color filter; a solid imaging element; an image display device; and a compound.

Description

著色組成物、膜、濾色器、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及化合物Colored compositions, films, color filters, solid imaging devices, image display devices and compounds

本發明有關一種含有吡咯并吡咯化合物之著色組成物。又,本發明有關一種使用著色組成物之膜、濾色器、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。又,本發明有關一種化合物。The present invention relates to a colored composition containing a pyrrolopyrrole compound. Furthermore, the present invention relates to a film, a color filter, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device using a colored composition. Furthermore, the present invention relates to a compound.

近年來,隨著數位相機、帶相機之移動電話等的普及,電荷耦合元件(CCD)影像感測器等固體攝像元件的需求大幅增加。作為顯示器或光學元件的核心裝置,使用濾色器。濾色器通常具備紅、綠及藍3個原色的像素,發揮將透射光分解為3個原色之作用。In recent years, with the popularity of digital cameras and camera-equipped mobile phones, the demand for solid-state imaging components such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly. As a central device in displays or optical components, color filters are used. Color filters usually have pixels of three primary colors: red, green, and blue, and play the role of decomposing transmitted light into three primary colors.

濾色器的每個顏色像素使用含有著色劑之著色組成物來製造。又,專利文獻1中記載了有關作為著色劑使用方酸菁化合物的綠色著色組成物之發明。Each color pixel of the color filter is produced using a coloring composition containing a colorant. Furthermore, Patent Document 1 describes an invention regarding a green coloring composition using a squaraine compound as a colorant.

[專利文獻1]日本特開2019-148796號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-148796

關於使用著色組成物而形成之膜,期望進一步提高耐光性。Regarding a film formed using a colored composition, it is desired to further improve the light resistance.

然而,方酸菁化合物具有耐光性低之傾向。又,依據本發明人的研究,發現使用專利文獻1中記載之著色組成物而獲得之膜的耐光性具有進一步改善的空間。However, squaraine compounds tend to have low light resistance. Furthermore, based on research by the present inventors, it was found that there is room for further improvement in the light resistance of the film obtained using the colored composition described in Patent Document 1.

因此,本發明的目的在於提供一種能夠形成耐光性優異之膜之著色組成物。又,本發明的目的還在於提供一種膜、濾色器、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及化合物。Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a colored composition capable of forming a film excellent in light resistance. Furthermore, another object of the present invention is to provide a film, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound.

依據本發明人的研究,發現藉由後述之著色組成物能夠實現上述目的,從而完成了本發明。因此,本發明提供以下內容。Based on research by the present inventors, it was found that the above object can be achieved by a coloring composition described below, and the present invention was completed. Accordingly, the present invention provides the following.

<1>一種著色組成物,其係含有著色劑、硬化性化合物及溶劑之著色組成物,其中 上述著色劑含有由式(1)表示之化合物, [化學式1] 式(1)中,Ar 1及Ar 2分別獨立地表示取代基, Y 1及Y 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基, R 1~R 4分別獨立地表示取代基, Ar 1及Ar 2中的至少一個為單環的5員環的雜環基。 <2>如<1>所述之著色組成物,其中 上述式(1)的Ar 1及Ar 2分別獨立地為由式(Ar-1)表示之基團, [化學式2] 式(Ar-1)中,X 1表示S、O或NR X1,R X1表示氫原子或取代基,R A1及R A2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,*表示連接鍵。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之著色組成物,其中 上述式(1)的R 1及R 2中的至少一個為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基。 <4>如<1>至<3>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 R 1及R 2中的至少一個為烷基。 <5>如<1>至<4>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 上述式(1)的Y 1及Y 2分別獨立地表示-BR Y1R Y2,R Y1及R Y2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基或氰基,R Y1及R Y2可以互相鍵結而形成環。 <6>如<5>所述之著色組成物,其中 R Y1及R Y2互相鍵結而形成環。 <7>如<1>所述之著色組成物,其中 上述由式(1)表示之化合物為由式(2)表示之化合物, [化學式3] 式(2)中,X 11及X 12分別獨立地表示S、O或NR X11,R X11表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, R A11~R A14分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基,R A11~R A14中的至少一個為鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基, Y 11及Y 12分別獨立地表示-BR Y1R Y2,R Y1及R Y2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基或氰基,R Y1及R Y2可以互相鍵結而形成環, R 11及R 12分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜環基, R 13及R 14表示氰基。 <8>如<1>至<7>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 上述著色劑還含有黃色著色劑。 <9>如<8>所述之著色組成物,其中 上述著色劑中的由式(1)表示之化合物與黃色著色劑的合計含量為55質量%以上。 <10>如<1>至<9>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 上述著色劑含有顏料衍生物。 <11>如<1>至<10>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其用於形成綠色像素。 <12>一種膜,其由<1>至<11>中任一項所述之著色組成物獲得。 <13>一種濾色器,其具有<12>所述之膜。 <14>一種固體攝像元件,其具有<12>所述之膜。 <15>一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有<12>所述之膜。 <16>一種化合物,其由式(2)表示,其中 [化學式4] 式(2)中,X 11及X 12分別獨立地表示S、O或NR X11,R X11表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, R A11~R A14分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基,R A11~R A14中的至少一個為鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基, Y 11及Y 12分別獨立地表示-BR Y1R Y2,R Y1及R Y2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基或氰基,R Y1及R Y2可以互相鍵結而形成環, R 11及R 12分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜環基, R 13及R 14表示氰基。 [發明效果] <1> A coloring composition containing a colorant, a curable compound and a solvent, wherein the colorant contains a compound represented by formula (1), [Chemical Formula 1] In formula (1), Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a substituent, Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a substituent, Ar 1 and Ar 2 At least one of them is a monocyclic 5-membered heterocyclic group. <2> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein Ar 1 and Ar 2 of the above formula (1) are each independently a group represented by the formula (Ar-1), [Chemical Formula 2] In the formula (Ar-1), X 1 represents S, O or NR X1 , R X1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R A1 and R A2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and * represents a bond. <3> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 in the above formula (1) is an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position. <4> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group. <5> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein Y 1 and Y 2 of the above formula (1) each independently represent -BR Y1 R Y2 , R Y1 and R Y2 respectively Independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxygen group or a cyano group. R Y1 and R Y2 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. . <6> The colored composition according to <5>, wherein R Y1 and R Y2 are bonded to each other to form a ring. <7> The colored composition according to <1>, wherein the compound represented by formula (1) is a compound represented by formula (2), [Chemical Formula 3] In formula ( 2 ) , X11 and X12 independently represent S, O or NR X11 , R group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amino group or cyano group, at least one of R A11 to R A14 is a halogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amino group or cyano group group, Y 11 and Y 12 each independently represent -BR Y1 R Y2 , R Y1 and R Y2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aromatic group Oxygen group, heterocyclic oxygen group or cyano group, R Y1 and R Y2 can bond with each other to form a ring, R 11 and R 12 independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, R 13 and R 14 represent cyano base. <8> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the colorant further contains a yellow colorant. <9> The colored composition according to <8>, wherein the total content of the compound represented by formula (1) and the yellow colorant in the colorant is 55 mass % or more. <10> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the colorant contains a pigment derivative. <11> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, which is used to form green pixels. <12> A film obtained from the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <11>. <13> A color filter having the film according to <12>. <14> A solid-state imaging element having the film according to <12>. <15> An image display device having the film according to <12>. <16> A compound represented by formula (2), wherein [Chemical Formula 4] In formula ( 2 ) , X11 and X12 independently represent S, O or NR X11 , R group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amino group or cyano group, at least one of R A11 to R A14 is a halogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amino group or cyano group group, Y 11 and Y 12 each independently represent -BR Y1 R Y2 , R Y1 and R Y2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aromatic group Oxygen group, heterocyclic oxygen group or cyano group, R Y1 and R Y2 can bond with each other to form a ring, R 11 and R 12 independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, R 13 and R 14 represent cyano base. [Effects of the invention]

依據本發明,能夠提供一種能夠形成耐光性優異之膜之著色組成物。還能夠提供膜、濾色器、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及化合物。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored composition capable of forming a film having excellent light resistance. We can also provide membranes, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, and compounds.

以下,對本發明的內容詳細地進行說明。 在本說明書中,“~”係指以將記載於其前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包括之含義來使用。 在本說明書中之基團(原子團)的標記中,未標有經取代及未經取代之標記包括不具有取代基之基團(原子團)的同時亦包括具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),亦包括具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。 在本說明書中,“曝光”只要沒有特別指定,不僅包括使用光之曝光,使用電子束、離子束等粒子束之描畫亦包括在曝光中。又,作為曝光中所使用之光,可舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基兩者或任一者。 在本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量為利用GPC(凝膠滲透層析)法測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。 在本說明書中,總固體成分係指從組成物的所有成分中去除溶劑之成分的總質量。 在本說明書中,顏料係指不易溶解於溶劑中的化合物。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一用語,不僅包括獨立之步驟,即使在無法與其他步驟明確區分的情況下,只要實現該步驟所期待的作用,則亦包括在本用語中。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In this specification, "~" is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit and the upper limit. Among the labels for groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the labels indicating unsubstituted and unsubstituted include groups (atomic groups) without substituents as well as groups (atomic groups) with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Examples of the light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, actinic rays or radiation such as far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams represented by excimer lasers. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. "Meth)acrylyl" means both or either of acrylyl and methacrylyl. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene-converted values measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of components excluding solvents from all components of the composition. In this specification, pigments refer to compounds that are not easily soluble in solvents. In this specification, the term "step" includes not only independent steps, but also includes steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the expected effect of the step is achieved.

<著色組成物> 本發明的著色組成物的特徵為含有著色劑、硬化性化合物及溶劑,著色劑含有由式(1)表示之化合物。 <Coloring composition> The colored composition of the present invention is characterized by containing a colorant, a curable compound and a solvent, and the colorant contains the compound represented by formula (1).

依據本發明的著色組成物,藉由使用由式(1)表示之化合物作為著色劑,能夠形成耐光性優異之膜。According to the colored composition of the present invention, by using the compound represented by formula (1) as the colorant, a film excellent in light resistance can be formed.

由式(1)表示之化合物為作為綠色的光譜特性優異者,因此可以作為綠色著色劑而較佳地使用。因此,本發明的著色組成物作為綠色像素形成用的著色組成物而較佳地使用。又,本發明的著色組成物能夠用作濾色器用的著色組成物。更詳細而言,能夠用作濾色器的像素形成用的著色組成物,較佳地用作濾色器的綠色像素形成用的著色組成物。另外,在本說明書中,綠色係指藍色與黃色的中間色的色相。綠色不限於純綠色,帶藍色之綠色、帶黃色之綠色、帶紅色之綠色等亦包括在本案的綠色中。The compound represented by Formula (1) has excellent spectral characteristics as a green color, and therefore can be preferably used as a green colorant. Therefore, the colored composition of the present invention is suitably used as a colored composition for forming green pixels. Furthermore, the colored composition of the present invention can be used as a colored composition for color filters. More specifically, the coloring composition can be used as a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter, and is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming green pixels of a color filter. In addition, in this specification, green refers to the hue of an intermediate color between blue and yellow. Green is not limited to pure green, bluish green, yellowish green, reddish green, etc. are also included in the green in this case.

當使用本發明的著色組成物來形成厚度0.6μm的膜時,該膜的由下述式計算之透射率比T未達10為較佳,未達8為更佳。能夠形成具有這種光譜特性之膜的著色組成物能夠較佳地用作濾色器的綠色像素形成用的著色組成物。 透射率比T=(Tmin/Tmax)×100 Tmax:波長500nm~600nm下的最大透射率 Tmin:波長620nm~700nm下的最低透射率 When the colored composition of the present invention is used to form a film with a thickness of 0.6 μm, the transmittance ratio T calculated from the following formula is preferably less than 10, and more preferably less than 8. A coloring composition capable of forming a film having such spectral characteristics can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming green pixels of a color filter. Transmittance ratio T=(Tmin/Tmax)×100 Tmax: Maximum transmittance at wavelength 500nm~600nm Tmin: The lowest transmittance at wavelength 620nm~700nm

本發明的著色組成物的固體成分濃度為5~30質量%為較佳。下限為7.5質量%以上為較佳,10質量%以上為更佳。上限為25質量%以下為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳。The solid content concentration of the colored composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 25 mass% or less, and more preferably 20 mass% or less.

以下,對本發明的著色組成物中所使用之各成分進行說明。Each component used in the colored composition of the present invention will be described below.

<<著色劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有著色劑。作為著色劑,可舉出黃色著色劑、橙色著色劑、紅色著色劑、綠色著色劑、紫色著色劑及藍色著色劑等。著色劑可以為顏料,亦可以為染料。顏料可以為無機顏料或有機顏料中的任一個,但從顏色變化的多樣性、分散的容易性、安全性等觀點而言,有機顏料為較佳。又,著色劑亦能夠使用顏料衍生物。 <<Color>> The colored composition of the present invention contains a colorant. Examples of colorants include yellow colorants, orange colorants, red colorants, green colorants, purple colorants, and blue colorants. The coloring agent may be a pigment or a dye. The pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but organic pigments are preferred from the viewpoints of diversity of color changes, ease of dispersion, and safety. In addition, pigment derivatives can also be used as the colorant.

本發明的著色組成物中含有之著色劑為含有顏料及顏料衍生物者亦較佳。作為顏料衍生物,可舉出具有在色素骨架上鍵結有酸基或鹼基之結構之化合物。顏料衍生物的含量相對於顏料100質量份為1~30質量份為較佳,3~20質量份為更佳。顏料衍生物可以僅使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。The coloring agent contained in the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment and a pigment derivative. Examples of pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a base is bonded to a pigment skeleton. The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.

顏料的平均勻次粒徑為1~200nm為較佳。下限為5nm以上為較佳,10nm以上為更佳。上限為180nm以下為較佳,150nm以下為更佳,100nm以下為進一步較佳。只要顏料的平均勻次粒徑在上述範圍內,則著色組成物中的顏料的分散穩定性良好。另外,在本發明中,顏料的一次粒徑能夠藉由穿透式電子顯微鏡觀察顏料的一次粒子並依據所獲得之照片來計算。具體而言,計算顏料的一次粒子的投影面積,並計算與其相對應之等效圓直徑作為顏料的一次粒徑。又,將本發明中的平均勻次粒徑設為針對400個顏料的一次粒子的一次粒徑的算數平均值。又,顏料的一次粒子係指未凝聚之獨立粒子。The average sub-particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, and more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and still more preferably 100 nm or less. As long as the average sub-particle diameter of the pigment is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the coloring composition will be good. In addition, in the present invention, the primary particle size of the pigment can be calculated based on the obtained photograph by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is calculated, and the corresponding equivalent circle diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. In addition, the average secondary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic average of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment. In addition, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not agglomerated.

有機顏料及顏料衍生物的微晶大小為0.1~50nm為較佳,0.5~30nm為更佳,1~15nm為進一步較佳。微晶大小能夠使用X射線衍射裝置並藉由衍射角的峰值的半值寬而計算,其使用謝樂公式而計算。有機顏料及顏料衍生物的微晶大小能夠藉由製造條件的調整、製造後粉碎等公知的方法進行調整。The crystallite size of organic pigments and pigment derivatives is preferably 0.1 to 50 nm, more preferably 0.5 to 30 nm, and further preferably 1 to 15 nm. The crystallite size can be calculated using an X-ray diffraction device and from the half-maximum width of the peak of the diffraction angle, which is calculated using Scherrer's formula. The crystallite size of organic pigments and pigment derivatives can be adjusted by known methods such as adjustment of production conditions and post-production pulverization.

(特定著色劑) 本發明的著色組成物中含有之著色劑含有由式(1)表示之化合物。以下,亦將由式(1)表示之化合物稱為特定著色劑。 (specific colorants) The coloring agent contained in the coloring composition of the present invention contains a compound represented by formula (1). Hereinafter, the compound represented by formula (1) will also be called a specific colorant.

[化學式5] 式(1)中,Ar 1及Ar 2分別獨立地表示取代基, Y 1及Y 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基, R 1~R 4分別獨立地表示取代基, Ar 1及Ar 2中的至少一個為單環的5員環的雜環基。 [Chemical Formula 5] In formula (1), Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a substituent, Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a substituent, Ar 1 and Ar 2 At least one of them is a monocyclic 5-membered heterocyclic group.

-關於Ar 1及Ar 2- 作為式(1)的Ar 1及Ar 2所表示之取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團,雜環基為較佳,單環的5員環的雜環基為更佳。 -About Ar 1 and Ar 2 - Examples of the substituents represented by Ar 1 and Ar 2 in the formula (1) include groups exemplified by the substituent T described below. A heterocyclic group is preferred, and a monocyclic 5 A heterocyclic group with a membered ring is more preferred.

上述雜環基可以未經取代,但從可藉由更加提高波長650nm附近的吸收而獲得作為綠色著色劑適合的光譜性能這一理由而言,具有取代基為較佳。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團及後述之由式(R-100)表示之基團,鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基為較佳,鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基或芳基為更佳。The above-mentioned heterocyclic group may be unsubstituted, but it is preferable to have a substituent because spectral performance suitable as a green colorant can be obtained by further increasing the absorption near a wavelength of 650 nm. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described later and the group represented by the formula (R-100) described later, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, and an amine. A group or a cyano group is preferred, and a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryl group is more preferred.

關於作為上述雜環基可以具有之取代基的鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。Examples of the halogen atom that may be a substituent of the heterocyclic group include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

關於作為上述雜環基可以具有之取代基的烷基及烷氧基,碳數為1~20為較佳,1~10為更佳,1~5為進一步較佳。烷基及烷氧基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,但直鏈為更佳。烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出芳基、雜環基、鹵素原子等。Regarding the alkyl group and the alkoxy group which are substituents that the heterocyclic group may have, those having 1 to 20 carbon atoms are more preferred, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be straight chain, branched chain, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, and the like.

關於作為上述雜環基可以具有之取代基的芳基,碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、雜環基、鹵素原子等。Regarding the aryl group that is a substituent that the heterocyclic group may have, the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, and the like.

關於作為上述雜環基可以具有之取代基的雜環基,構成雜環基的環之碳原子的數為1~30為較佳,1~12為更佳。作為構成雜環基的環之雜原子的種類,可舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳,1~2為更佳。雜環基為單環或縮合數為2~8的縮合環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的縮合環為更佳。雜環基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、雜環基、鹵素原子等。Regarding the heterocyclic group that is a substituent that the heterocyclic group may have, the number of carbon atoms of the ring constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 12. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclyl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 8, and more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, and the like.

關於作為上述雜環基可以具有之取代基的胺基,可舉出由-NRa 1Ra 2表示之基團及環狀胺基。在由-NRa 1Ra 2表示之基團中,Ra 1及Ra 2分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,烷基為較佳。烷基的碳數為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個,但直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團。芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團。又,Ra 1及Ra 2可以鍵結而形成環。作為環狀胺基,可舉出吡咯啶基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、嗎福林基等。這些基團可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團。作為取代基的具體例,可舉出烷基及芳基等。 Examples of the amino group as a substituent that the heterocyclic group may have include a group represented by -NRa 1 Ra 2 and a cyclic amino group. In the group represented by -NRa 1 Ra 2 , Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, with an alkyl group being preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and further preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but a linear or branched chain is preferred, and a straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include groups exemplified by the substituent T described below. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include groups exemplified by the substituent T described below. Furthermore, Ra 1 and Ra 2 may be bonded to form a ring. Examples of the cyclic amino group include a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, a mofolinyl group, and the like. These groups may further have substituents. Examples of the substituent include groups exemplified by the substituent T described below. Specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and the like.

式(1)的Ar 1及Ar 2所表示之雜環基為由式(Ar-1)表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式6] The heterocyclic group represented by Ar 1 and Ar 2 in the formula (1) is preferably a group represented by the formula (Ar-1). [Chemical formula 6]

式(Ar-1)的X 1表示S、O或NR X1,R X1表示氫原子或取代基。R X1所表示之取代基可舉出烷基及芳基。R X1為氫原子、烷基或芳基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。 烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~10為更佳,1~5為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個,但直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。 芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。 X 1 in the formula (Ar-1) represents S, O or NR X1 , and R X1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R X1 include an alkyl group and an aryl group. R X1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and further preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but a linear or branched chain is preferred, and a straight chain is more preferred. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.

從可藉由更加提高波長650nm附近的吸收而獲得作為綠色著色劑適合的光譜性能這一理由而言,式(Ar-1)的X 1為S或O為較佳。 It is preferable that X 1 of the formula (Ar-1) is S or O, since spectral performance suitable as a green colorant can be obtained by further increasing the absorption near a wavelength of 650 nm.

式(Ar-1)的R A1及R A2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團及後述之由式(R-100)表示之基團,鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基為較佳,鹵素原子、烷基或烷氧基、芳基為更佳。關於鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基的詳細含義,與上述內容相同。 R A1 and R A2 of the formula (Ar-1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described later and the group represented by the formula (R-100) described later, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, and an amine. A group or a cyano group is preferred, and a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and an aryl group are more preferred. The detailed meanings of the halogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, and amino group are the same as described above.

式(Ar-1)的*表示連接鍵。* in the formula (Ar-1) represents a connecting bond.

式(1)的Ar 1及Ar 2分別獨立地為單環的5員環的雜環基為較佳,由式(Ar-1)表示之基團為更佳。 It is preferred that Ar 1 and Ar 2 in the formula (1) are each independently a monocyclic 5-membered heterocyclic group, and a group represented by the formula (Ar-1) is more preferred.

-關於Y 1及Y 2- 式(1)的Y 1及Y 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,取代基為較佳。Y 1及Y 2所表示之取代基可舉出烷基、芳基、雜環基、-BR Y1R Y2。R Y1及R Y2可以互相鍵結而形成環。 式(1)的Y 1及Y 2分別獨立地為-BR Y1R Y2為較佳。依據該樣態,能夠形成耐光性更優異之膜。 - About Y 1 and Y 2 - Y 1 and Y 2 in the formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, preferably a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by Y 1 and Y 2 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, and -BR Y1 R Y2 . R Y1 and R Y2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. It is preferred that Y 1 and Y 2 in formula (1) are independently -BR Y1 R Y2 . According to this aspect, a film with more excellent light resistance can be formed.

Y 1及Y 2所表示之烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳,1~5為更進一步較佳,1~3為特佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個,但直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團及後述之由式(R-100)表示之基團。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by Y 1 and Y 2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and particularly 1 to 3. good. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but a linear or branched chain is preferred, and a straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a group exemplified by the substituent T described below and a group represented by the formula (R-100) described below.

Y 1及Y 2所表示之芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團及後述之由式(R-100)表示之基團。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by Y 1 and Y 2 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a group exemplified by the substituent T described below and a group represented by the formula (R-100) described below.

構成Y 1及Y 2所表示之雜環基的環之碳原子的數為1~30為較佳,1~12為更佳。作為構成雜環基的環之雜原子的種類,可舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳,1~2為更佳。雜環基為單環或縮合數為2~8的縮合環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的縮合環為更佳。雜環基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團及後述之由式(R-100)表示之基團。 The number of carbon atoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclic group represented by Y 1 and Y 2 is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 12. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclyl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 8, and more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a group exemplified by the substituent T described below and a group represented by the formula (R-100) described below.

由-BR Y1R Y2表示之基團中的R Y1及R Y2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基或氰基,鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基或雜環氧基為較佳。 R Y1 and R Y2 in the group represented by -BR Y1 R Y2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a heterocyclic group. An oxygen group or a cyano group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group or a heterocyclic oxy group are preferred.

作為R Y1及R Y2所表示之鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。 R Y1及R Y2所表示之烷基及烷氧基的碳數為1~40為較佳,1~30為更佳,1~20為進一步較佳。烷基及烷氧基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個,但直鏈或支鏈為較佳。烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出芳基、雜環基、鹵素原子等。 R Y1及R Y2所表示之烯基的碳數為2~40為較佳,2~30為更佳,2~20為進一步較佳。烯基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、鹵素原子等。 R Y1及R Y2所表示之芳基及芳氧基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~12為更佳。芳基及芳氧基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等。 R Y1及R Y2所表示之雜環基及雜環氧基可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。雜環基及雜環氧基的構成雜環的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳。構成雜環的環之雜原子為氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。構成雜環的環之碳原子數為3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳。雜環為5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環基及雜環氧基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by R Y1 and R Y2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group and alkoxy group represented by R Y1 and R Y2 is preferably 1 to 40, more preferably 1 to 30, and further preferably 1 to 20. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but linear or branched chains are preferred. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, and the like. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group represented by R Y1 and R Y2 is preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 2 to 30, and further preferably 2 to 20. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, and the like. The carbon number of the aryl group and aryloxy group represented by R Y1 and R Y2 is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group and the aryloxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, and the like. The heterocyclic group and heterocyclic oxy group represented by R Y1 and R Y2 may be a single ring or a condensed ring. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclic ring of the heterocyclic group and the heterocyclicoxy group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatoms of the ring constituting the heterocyclic ring are preferably nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the ring constituting the heterocyclic ring is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and still more preferably 3 to 12. The heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group and the heterocyclicoxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, and the like.

從可藉由更加提高波長650nm附近的吸收而獲得作為綠色著色劑適合的光譜性能這一理由而言,由-BR Y1R Y2表示之基團的R Y1及R Y2互相鍵結而形成環為較佳。作為形成之環,例如可舉出下述式(B-1)~(B-5)所示的結構等。以下中,Rb表示取代基,Rb 1~Rb 4分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,b1~b6分別獨立地表示0~4的整數,*表示連接鍵。作為Rb及Rb 1~Rb 4所表示之取代基,可舉出作為取代基後述之取代基T所例示之基團及後述之由式(R-100)表示之基團,鹵素原子、烷基或烷氧基為較佳。 [化學式7] Since spectral performance suitable as a green colorant can be obtained by further increasing the absorption near a wavelength of 650 nm, R Y1 and R Y2 of the group represented by -BR Y1 R Y2 are bonded to each other to form a ring: Better. Examples of the ring to be formed include structures represented by the following formulas (B-1) to (B-5). In the following, Rb represents a substituent, Rb 1 to Rb 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, b1 to b6 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4, and * represents a bond. Examples of the substituents represented by Rb and Rb 1 to Rb 4 include groups exemplified by the substituent T described below and groups represented by the formula (R-100) described below, halogen atoms, and alkyl groups. Or alkoxy is preferred. [Chemical Formula 7]

-關於R 1及R 2- 作為式(1)的R 1及R 2所表示之取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基及雜環基。 - About R 1 and R 2 - Examples of the substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) include an alkyl group, an aryl group and a heterocyclic group.

R 1及R 2所表示之烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳,1~6為更進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個,但支鏈或環狀為較佳,支鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團及後述之由式(R-100)表示之基團,鹵素原子、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、醯氧基、胺磺醯基、羥基、羧基、羧酸醯胺基、磺酸醯胺基、醯亞胺基、磺基或由式(R-100)表示之基團為較佳。從能夠形成耐光性更優異之膜這一理由而言,烷基為支鏈或環狀的烷基為更佳,支鏈的烷基為進一步較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 1 and R 2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, further preferably 1 to 10, and still more preferably 1 to 6. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but branched or cyclic is preferred, and branched chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described later and the group represented by the formula (R-100) described later, a halogen atom, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, Heterocyclic oxy group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amide sulfonyl group, hydroxyl, carboxyl group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonate amide group, amide imino group, sulfo group or by the formula (R -100) is preferred. Since a film with more excellent light resistance can be formed, the alkyl group is more preferably a branched or cyclic alkyl group, and a branched alkyl group is still more preferred.

R 1及R 2所表示之芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團及後述之由式(R-100)表示之基團,鹵素原子、烷基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、醯氧基、胺磺醯基、羥基、羧基、羧酸醯胺基、磺酸醯胺基、醯亞胺基、磺基或由式(R-100)表示之基團為較佳。 R 1及R 2所表示之芳基為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基為較佳。芳基鄰位所具有的取代基為鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基或羥基為較佳。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by R 1 and R 2 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described later and the group represented by the formula (R-100) described later, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, Heterocyclic oxy group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amide sulfonyl group, hydroxyl, carboxyl group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonate amide group, amide imino group, sulfo group or by the formula (R -100) is preferred. The aryl group represented by R 1 and R 2 is preferably an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position. The substituent in the ortho position of the aryl group is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a hydroxyl group.

構成R 1及R 2所表示之雜環基的環之碳原子的數為1~30為較佳,1~12為更佳。作為構成雜環基的環之雜原子的種類,可舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳,1~2為更佳。雜環基為單環或縮合數為2~8的縮合環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的縮合環為更佳。雜環基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團及後述之由式(R-100)表示之基團,鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、醯氧基、胺磺醯基、羥基、羧基、羧酸醯胺基、磺酸醯胺基、醯亞胺基、磺基或由式(R-100)表示之基團為較佳。 The number of carbon atoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclic group represented by R 1 and R 2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 12. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclyl group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 8, and more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described later and the group represented by the formula (R-100) described later, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, and a halogen atom. Oxygen group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amide sulfonyl group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonate amide group, amide imine group, sulfo group or by The group represented by formula (R-100) is preferred.

式(1)的R 1及R 2分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳。烷基為支鏈或環狀的烷基為較佳,支鏈的烷基為更佳。芳基為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基為較佳。 It is preferred that R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) are each independently an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group is preferably a branched or cyclic alkyl group, and more preferably a branched alkyl group. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position.

作為較佳的一樣態,可舉出R 1及R 2中的至少一個為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基之樣態。藉由使式(1)的R 1及R 2中的至少一個為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基,能夠提高波長650nm附近的吸收,容易調整為作為綠色著色劑更適合的光譜特性。 A preferred embodiment is one in which at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position. By making at least one of R 1 and R 2 in the formula (1) an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position, the absorption near the wavelength of 650 nm can be improved, and the spectral characteristics can be easily adjusted to more suitable for a green colorant.

作為較佳的另一樣態,可舉出R 1及R 2中的至少一個為烷基之樣態。烷基為支鏈或環狀的烷基為較佳,支鏈的烷基為更佳。藉由使式(1)的R 1及R 2中的至少一個為烷基(較佳為支鏈或環狀的烷基,更佳為支鏈的烷基),能夠更加提高波長550nm附近的透過性,容易調整為作為綠色著色劑更適合的光譜特性。 Another preferred embodiment is one in which at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group. The alkyl group is preferably a branched or cyclic alkyl group, and more preferably a branched alkyl group. By making at least one of R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) an alkyl group (preferably a branched or cyclic alkyl group, more preferably a branched alkyl group), the wavelength around 550 nm can be further improved. The transmittance can be easily adjusted to more suitable spectral characteristics as a green colorant.

作為R 1及R 2的較佳組合的具體例,可舉出以下1~5樣態,從可獲得作為綠色著色劑更適合的光譜性能這一理由而言,3~5樣態為較佳,5樣態為進一步較佳。 1:R 1及R 2中的任一者為烷基的樣態。 2:R 1及R 2兩者為烷基的樣態。 3:R 1及R 2中的任一者為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基的樣態。 4:R 1及R 2兩者為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基的樣態。 5:R 1及R 2中的一者為烷基且另一者為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基的樣態。 Specific examples of preferred combinations of R 1 and R 2 include the following aspects 1 to 5. Since spectral performance more suitable as a green colorant can be obtained, aspects 3 to 5 are preferred. , Pattern 5 is further better. 1: Either one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group. 2: Both R 1 and R 2 are alkyl groups. 3: Either one of R 1 and R 2 is an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position. 4: R 1 and R 2 are both aryl groups having substituents at the ortho position. 5: A form in which one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group and the other is an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position.

當式(1)的R 1及R 2兩者為烷基(較佳為支鏈或環狀的烷基,更佳為支鏈的烷基)時,能夠提高波長550nm附近的透過性。 When both R 1 and R 2 of formula (1) are alkyl groups (preferably branched or cyclic alkyl groups, more preferably branched alkyl groups), the transmittance near the wavelength of 550 nm can be improved.

當式(1)的R 1及R 2兩者為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基時,能夠提高波長650nm附近的吸收。 When both R 1 and R 2 in the formula (1) are aryl groups having substituents at the ortho position, the absorption at a wavelength near 650 nm can be improved.

當式(1)的R 1及R 2中的一者為烷基(較佳為支鏈或環狀的烷基,更佳為支鏈的烷基)且另一者為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基時,能夠以更高水平兼顧波長550nm附近的高透過性及波長650nm附近的高吸收,可獲得作為綠色著色劑更適合的光譜性能。 When one of R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) is an alkyl group (preferably a branched or cyclic alkyl group, more preferably a branched alkyl group) and the other is substituted at the ortho position When the base is an aryl group, it can achieve both high transmittance near a wavelength of 550 nm and high absorption near a wavelength of 650 nm at a higher level, and can obtain spectral performance more suitable as a green colorant.

-關於R 3及R 4- 作為式(1)的R 3及R 4所表示之取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團,拉電子基團為較佳。 - About R 3 and R 4 - Examples of the substituent represented by R 3 and R 4 in the formula (1) include groups exemplified by the substituent T described below, and an electron-withdrawing group is preferred.

Hammett的σp值(對位取代基常數值)為正的取代基作為拉電子基團發揮作用。在本說明書中,能夠將Hammett的σp值為0.2以上的取代基例示為拉電子基團。σp值為0.25以上為較佳,0.3以上為更佳,0.35以上為進一步較佳。σp值的上限並無特別的限制,但能夠設為0.80以下。作為拉電子基團的具體例,可舉出氰基(σp值=0.66)、羧基(σp值=0.45)、烷氧基羰基(例如,-COOCH 3:σp值=0.45)、芳氧羰基(例如,-COOCH 3:σp值=0.44)、胺甲醯基(例如,-CONH 2:σp值=0.36)、烷基羰基(例如,-COCH 3:σp值=0.50)、芳基羰基(例如,-COPh:σp值=0.43)、烷基磺醯基(例如,-SO 2CH 3:σp值=0.72)、芳基磺醯基(例如,-SO 2Ph:σp值=0.68)等。在此,Ph表示苯基。關於Hammett的σp值,能夠參閱日本特開2009-263614號公報的0024~0025段,該內容被編入本說明書中。 Substituents with a positive Hammett σp value (para-position substituent constant value) function as electron-withdrawing groups. In this specification, a substituent with a Hammett σp value of 0.2 or more can be exemplified as an electron-withdrawing group. A σp value of 0.25 or more is preferred, a σp value of 0.3 or more is more preferred, and a σp value of 0.35 or more is still more preferred. The upper limit of the σp value is not particularly limited, but it can be set to 0.80 or less. Specific examples of the electron withdrawing group include a cyano group (σp value = 0.66), a carboxyl group (σp value = 0.45), an alkoxycarbonyl group (for example, -COOCH 3 :σp value = 0.45), and an aryloxycarbonyl group (σp value = 0.45). For example, -COOCH 3 : σp value = 0.44), carboxyl group (e.g., -CONH 2 : σp value = 0.36), alkylcarbonyl (e.g., -COCH 3 : σp value = 0.50), arylcarbonyl (e.g. , -COPh: σp value = 0.43), alkylsulfonyl group (for example, -SO 2 CH 3 : σp value = 0.72), arylsulfonyl group (for example, -SO 2 Ph: σp value = 0.68), etc. Here, Ph represents a phenyl group. Regarding Hammett's σp value, please refer to paragraphs 0024 to 0025 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-263614, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

式(1)的R 3及R 4分別獨立地為氰基、烷基羰基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基為較佳,氰基為更佳。 It is preferred that R 3 and R 4 in the formula (1) are each independently a cyano group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group is more preferred.

-關於取代基T- 作為取代基T,可舉出以下基團。可舉出鹵素原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、烷基(較佳為碳數1~30的烷基)、烯基(較佳為碳數2~30的烯基)、炔基(較佳為碳數2~30的炔基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~30的芳基)、雜環基(較佳為碳數1~30的雜環基)、胺基(較佳為碳數0~30的胺基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~30的烷氧基)、芳氧基(較佳為碳數6~30的芳氧基)、雜環氧基(較佳為碳數1~30的雜環氧基)、醯基(較佳為碳數2~30的醯基)、烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~30的烷氧基羰基)、芳氧基羰基(較佳為碳數7~30的芳氧基羰基)、雜環氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~30的雜環氧基羰基)、醯氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的醯氧基)、醯胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的醯胺基)、胺基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的胺基羰基胺基)、烷氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的烷氧基羰基胺基)、芳氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數7~30的芳氧基羰基胺基)、胺磺醯基(較佳為碳數0~30的胺磺醯基)、胺磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數0~30的胺磺醯基胺基)、胺甲醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的胺甲醯基)、烷硫基(較佳為碳數1~30的烷硫基)、芳硫基(較佳為碳數6~30的芳硫基)、雜環硫基(較佳為碳數1~30的雜環硫基)、烷基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的烷基磺醯基)、烷基磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數1~30的烷基磺醯基胺基)、芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~30的芳基磺醯基)、芳基磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數6~30的芳基磺醯基胺基)、雜環基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的雜環基磺醯基)、雜環基磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數1~30的雜環基磺醯基胺基)、烷基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的烷基亞磺醯基)、芳基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~30的芳基亞磺醯基)、雜環基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的雜環基亞磺醯基)、脲基(較佳為碳數1~30的脲基)、羥基、硝基、羧基、磺基、磷酸基、羧酸醯胺基、磺酸醯胺基、醯亞胺基、膦基、巰基、氰基、烷基亞磺酸基、芳基亞磺酸基、芳基偶氮基、雜環基偶氮基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽基、肼基、亞胺基。該等基團為能夠進一步取代之基團時,可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T中說明之基團。 -About substituent T- Examples of the substituent T include the following groups. Examples include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms). group), alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group with 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably an aryl group with 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic ring with 1 to 30 carbon atoms) group), amino group (preferably an amino group with 0 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxy group (preferably an alkoxy group with 6 to 30 carbon atoms) Aryloxy group), heterocyclic oxy group (preferably a heterocyclic oxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), hydroxyl group (preferably a hydroxyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably a carbonyl group Alkoxycarbonyl group with 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably aryloxycarbonyl group with 7 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclicoxycarbonyl group (preferably heterocyclicoxycarbonyl group with 2 to 30 carbon atoms) carbonyl group), acyloxy group (preferably a acyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), amide group (preferably a amide group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aminocarbonylamino group (preferably a amide group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) Aminocarbonylamino group with 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably alkoxycarbonylamino group with 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably with 7 to 30 carbon atoms) aryloxycarbonylamino group), sulfamide group (preferably sulfamide group with 0 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfamide group (preferably sulfamide group with 0 to 30 carbon atoms) group), aminoformyl group (preferably an aminoformyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), arylthio group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 30 Arylthio group with 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic sulfonyl group (preferably heterocyclic sulfonyl group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably alkylsulfonyl group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms) , alkylsulfonylamine group (preferably an alkylsulfonylamine group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfonylamine group (preferably an arylsulfonylamine group with 6 to 30 carbon atoms), aromatic Sulfonylamine group (preferably an arylsulfonylamine group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic sulfonylamine group (preferably a heterocyclic sulfonylamine group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic sulfonylamine group Cyclylsulfonylamine group (preferably heterocyclic sulfonylamine group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylsulfinylamine group (preferably alkylsulfinylamine group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) , arylsulfenyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group with 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclylsulfinyl group (preferably a heterocyclylsulfinyl group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms) , urea group (preferably urea group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms), hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxyl group, sulfo group, phosphate group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonate amide group, amide imine group, phosphine group, Mercapto group, cyano group, alkylsulfinate group, arylsulfinate group, aryl azo group, heterocyclyl azo group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamine group, silicon group , hydrazine group, imine group. When these groups are further substituted groups, they may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups described for the substituent T mentioned above.

-關於由式(R-100)表示之基團- [化學式8] -About the group represented by formula (R-100)- [Chemical Formula 8]

式(R-100)中,L R1表示脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基、雜環基、-O-、-S-、-NR L1-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO 2-或組合這些基團中的2個以上而得之n+1價的連接基,R L1表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,X R1表示酸基或鹼基,n表示1以上的整數。當n為1時,L R1可以為單鍵。 In formula (R-100), L R1 represents aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR L1 -, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 - Or a n+1-valent linking group obtained by combining two or more of these groups, R L1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, X R1 represents an acid group or a base, n represents an integer of 1 or more . When n is 1, L R1 can be a single bond.

脂肪族烴基的碳數為1~20為較佳,2~20為更佳,2~10為進一步較佳,2~5為特佳。脂肪族烴基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個。脂肪族烴基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團。The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 2 to 20, still more preferably 2 to 10, and particularly preferably 2 to 5. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described above.

芳香族烴基的碳數為6~18為較佳,6~14為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。芳香族烴基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團。The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 18, more preferably 6 to 14, and still more preferably 6 to 10. The aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described above.

雜環基為單環或縮合數為2~4的縮合環為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子為氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。構成雜環基的環之碳原子數為3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為更佳。作為雜環基的具體例,可舉出哌嗪環基、吡咯啶環基、吡咯環基、哌啶環基、吡啶環基、咪唑環基、吡唑環基、㗁唑環基、噻唑環基、吡嗪環基、嗎福林環基、噻嗪環基、吲哚環基、異吲哚環基、苯并咪唑環基、嘌呤環基、喹啉環基、異喹啉環基、喹㗁啉環基、噌啉環基、咔唑環基及由下述式(L-1)~(L-7)表示之基團。 [化學式9] 式中的*表示連接鍵。R表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可舉出後述之取代基T所例示之基團。 The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclyl group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclyl group are preferably nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the ring constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12. Specific examples of the heterocyclic group include a piperazine ring group, a pyrrolidine ring group, a pyrrole ring group, a piperidine ring group, a pyridine ring group, an imidazole ring group, a pyrazole ring group, an oxazole ring group, and a thiazole ring group. base, pyrazine ring base, mofelin ring base, thiazine ring base, indole ring base, isoindole ring base, benzimidazole ring base, purine ring base, quinoline ring base, isoquinoline ring base, Quintiline ring group, cinnoline ring group, carbazole ring group, and groups represented by the following formulas (L-1) to (L-7). [Chemical Formula 9] The * in the formula represents the connection key. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include groups exemplified by the substituent T described below.

脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基及雜環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團,鹵素原子為較佳,氟原子為更佳。The aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the above substituent T, with a halogen atom being preferred and a fluorine atom being more preferred.

R L1所表示之烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。R L1所表示之烷基可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R L1 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and further preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be straight chain, branched chain, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group represented by R L1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described above.

R L1所表示之芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。R L1所表示之芳基可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團。 The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R L1 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group represented by R L1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described above.

作為式(R-100)的X R1所表示之酸基,可舉出羧基、磺基、磷酸基、硼酸基、羧酸醯胺基、磺酸醯胺基、醯亞胺酸基及該等的鹽等。作為構成鹽之原子或原子團,可舉出鹼金屬離子(Li +、Na +、K +等)、鹼土類金屬離子(Ca 2+、Mg 2+等)、銨離子、咪唑鎓離子、吡啶鎓離子、鏻離子等。作為羧酸醯胺基,由-NHCOR X1表示之基團為較佳。作為磺酸醯胺基,由-NHSO 2R X2表示之基團為較佳。作為醯亞胺酸基,由-SO 2NHSO 2R X3、-CONHSO 2R X4、-CONHCOR X5或-SO 2NHCOR X6表示之基團為較佳,-SO 2NHSO 2R X3為更佳。R X1~R X6分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。R X1~R X6所表示之烷基及芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,鹵素原子為較佳,氟原子為更佳。 Examples of the acid group represented by X R1 of the formula (R-100) include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boric acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonate amide group, an amide acid group, and the like. of salt etc. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, and pyridinium ions, phosphonium ions, etc. As the carboxylic acid amide group, a group represented by -NHCOR X1 is preferred. As the sulfonamide group, a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 is preferred. As the amide acid group, a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 or -SO 2 NHCOR X6 is preferred, and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R R X1 to R X6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R X1 to R X6 may have a substituent. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferred, and a fluorine atom is more preferred.

作為式(R-100)的X R1所表示之鹼基,可舉出胺基、吡啶基及其鹽、銨基的鹽以及酞醯亞胺甲基。作為構成鹽之原子或原子團,可舉出氫氧化物離子、鹵素離子、羧酸離子、磺酸離子、酚鹽離子(phenoxide ion)等。 Examples of the base represented by X R1 of the formula (R-100) include an amino group, a pyridyl group and a salt thereof, an ammonium group salt, and a phthalimide methyl group. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonic acid ions, phenoxide ions, and the like.

作為胺基,可舉出由-NRx 1Rx 2表示之基團及環狀胺基。在由-NRx 1Rx 2表示之基團中,Rx 1及Rx 2分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,烷基為較佳。烷基的碳數為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個,但直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團。芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團。又,Rx 1及Rx 2可以鍵結而形成環。作為環狀胺基,可舉出吡咯啶基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、嗎福林基等。這些基團可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團。作為取代基的具體例,可舉出烷基及芳基等。 Examples of the amino group include a group represented by -NRx 1 Rx 2 and a cyclic amino group. In the group represented by -NRx 1 Rx 2 , Rx 1 and Rx 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, with an alkyl group being preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and further preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but a linear or branched chain is preferred, and a straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described above. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described above. In addition, Rx 1 and Rx 2 may be bonded to form a ring. Examples of the cyclic amino group include a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, a mofolinyl group, and the like. These groups may further have substituents. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described above. Specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and the like.

式(R-100)的n表示1以上的整數,1~3的整數為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。n in the formula (R-100) represents an integer of 1 or more, and an integer of 1 to 3 is preferred, 1 or 2 is more preferred, and 1 is further preferred.

-關於由式(2)表示之化合物- 特定著色劑為由式(2)表示之化合物為較佳。由式(2)表示之化合物亦為本發明的化合物。 [化學式10] - Regarding the compound represented by formula (2) - The specific coloring agent is preferably a compound represented by formula (2). Compounds represented by formula (2) are also compounds of the present invention. [Chemical formula 10]

式(2)中,X 11及X 12分別獨立地表示S、O或NR X11,R X11表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, R A11~R A14分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基,R A11~R A14中的至少一個為鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基, Y 11及Y 12分別獨立地表示-BR Y1R Y2,R Y1及R Y2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基或氰基,R Y1及R Y2可以互相鍵結而形成環, R 11及R 12分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜環基, R 13及R 14表示氰基。 In formula ( 2 ) , X11 and X12 independently represent S, O or NR X11 , R group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amino group or cyano group, at least one of R A11 to R A14 is a halogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amino group or cyano group group, Y 11 and Y 12 each independently represent -BR Y1 R Y2 , R Y1 and R Y2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aromatic group Oxygen group, heterocyclic oxygen group or cyano group, R Y1 and R Y2 can bond with each other to form a ring, R 11 and R 12 independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, R 13 and R 14 represent cyano base.

式(2)的X 11及X 12分別獨立地表示S、O或NR X11,S或O為較佳。 X 11 and X 12 in the formula (2) each independently represent S, O or NR X11 , and S or O is preferred.

NR X11中的R X11表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,氫原子或烷基為較佳。 烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~10為更佳,1~5為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個,但直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。 芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。 R X11 in NR X11 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and further preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but a linear or branched chain is preferred, and a straight chain is more preferred. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.

式(2)的R A11~R A14分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基,R A11~R A14中的至少一個為鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基。從可獲得作為綠色著色劑更適合的光譜性能這一理由而言,R A11及R A12中的至少一者以及R A13及R A14中的至少一者分別獨立地為鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基為較佳。 R A11 to R A14 in formula (2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an amino group or a cyano group, and at least one of R A11 to R A14 is Halogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amine group or cyano group. In order to obtain more suitable spectral performance as a green colorant, at least one of R A11 and R A12 and at least one of R A13 and R A14 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group. Oxygen, aryl, heterocyclic, amino or cyano groups are preferred.

作為R A11~R A14所表示之鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by R A11 to R A14 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.

關於R A11~R A14所表示之烷基及烷氧基,碳數為1~20為較佳,1~10為更佳,1~5為進一步較佳。烷基及烷氧基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,但直鏈為更佳。烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出芳基、雜環基、鹵素原子等。 Regarding the alkyl group and alkoxy group represented by R A11 to R A14 , the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and further preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be straight chain, branched chain, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, and the like.

關於R A11~R A14所表示之芳基,碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、雜環基、鹵素原子等。 The aryl group represented by R A11 to R A14 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, and the like.

構成R A11~R A14所表示之雜環基的環之碳原子的數為1~30為較佳,1~12為更佳。作為構成雜環基的環之雜原子的種類,可舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳,1~2為更佳。雜環基為單環或縮合數為2~8的縮合環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的縮合環為更佳。雜環基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、雜環基、鹵素原子等。 The number of carbon atoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclic group represented by R A11 to R A14 is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 12. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclyl group is preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 to 2. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 8, and more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring with a condensation number of 2 to 4. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, and the like.

作為R A11~R A14所表示之胺基,可舉出由-NRa 1Ra 2表示之基團及環狀胺基。在由-NRa 1Ra 2表示之基團中,Ra 1及Ra 2分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,烷基為較佳。烷基的碳數為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個,但直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團。芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團。又,Ra 1及Ra 2可以鍵結而形成環。作為環狀胺基,可舉出吡咯啶基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、嗎福林基等。這些基團可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T所例示之基團。作為取代基的具體例,可舉出烷基及芳基等。 Examples of the amino group represented by R A11 to R A14 include a group represented by -NRa 1 Ra 2 and a cyclic amino group. In the group represented by -NRa 1 Ra 2 , Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, with an alkyl group being preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and further preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but a linear or branched chain is preferred, and a straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described above. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described above. Furthermore, Ra 1 and Ra 2 may be bonded to form a ring. Examples of the cyclic amino group include a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, a mofolinyl group, and the like. These groups may further have substituents. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified by the substituent T described above. Specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and the like.

示出式(2)的Y 11及Y 12所表示之-BR Y1R Y2。R Y1及R Y2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基或氰基,鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基或雜環氧基為較佳。關於這些基團的詳細含義,與上述內容相同。 -BR Y1 R Y2 represented by Y 11 and Y 12 of the formula (2) is shown. R Y1 and R Y2 respectively independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group or a cyano group. A halogen atom, an alkyl group, Aryl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, aryloxy or heterocyclic oxy groups are preferred. The detailed meanings of these groups are the same as described above.

由-BR Y1R Y2表示之基團的R Y1及R Y2互相鍵結而形成環為較佳。作為形成之環,可舉出上述式(B-1)~(B-5)所示的結構等。 It is preferable that R Y1 and R Y2 of the group represented by -BR Y1 R Y2 are bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring to be formed include structures represented by the above formulas (B-1) to (B-5).

式(2)的R 11及R 12分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜環基。關於烷基、芳基及雜環基的詳細含義,與式(1)的R 1及R 2的項中說明之烷基、芳基及雜環基相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R 11 and R 12 in formula (2) each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. The detailed meanings of the alkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group are the same as the alkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group described in the terms of R 1 and R 2 in formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

式(2)的R 11及R 12分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳。烷基為支鏈或環狀的烷基為較佳,支鏈的烷基為更佳。芳基為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基為較佳。 It is preferred that R 11 and R 12 in formula (2) are each independently an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group is preferably a branched or cyclic alkyl group, and more preferably a branched alkyl group. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position.

作為較佳的一樣態,可舉出R 11及R 12中的至少一個為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基之樣態。 作為較佳的另一樣態,可舉出R 11及R 12中的至少一個為烷基之樣態。 A preferred embodiment is one in which at least one of R 11 and R 12 is an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position. Another preferred embodiment is one in which at least one of R 11 and R 12 is an alkyl group.

作為R 11及R 12的較佳組合的具體例,可舉出以下11~15樣態,從可獲得作為綠色著色劑更適合的光譜性能這一理由而言,13~15樣態為較佳,15樣態為進一步較佳。 11:R 11及R 12中的任一者為烷基的樣態。 12:R 11及R 12兩者為烷基的樣態。 13:R 11及R 12中的任一者為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基的樣態。 14:R 11及R 12兩者為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基的樣態。 15:R 11及R 12中的一者為烷基且另一者為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基的樣態。 Specific examples of preferred combinations of R 11 and R 12 include the following aspects 11 to 15. Since spectral performance more suitable as a green colorant can be obtained, aspects 13 to 15 are preferred. , Pattern 15 is further better. 11: Either one of R 11 and R 12 is an alkyl group. 12: Both R 11 and R 12 are alkyl groups. 13: Any one of R 11 and R 12 is an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position. 14: A form in which both R 11 and R 12 are aryl groups having a substituent at the ortho position. 15: A form in which one of R 11 and R 12 is an alkyl group and the other is an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position.

-特定著色劑的較佳的樣態、具體例- 特定著色劑為綠色著色劑為較佳。著色劑可以為顏料,亦可以為染料。 -Preferred aspects and specific examples of specific colorants- The specific colorant is preferably a green colorant. The coloring agent may be a pigment or a dye.

特定著色劑可以為顏料衍生物。顏料衍生物例如可用作分散助劑。分散助劑係指用於提高組成物中顏料的分散性的材料。當組成物進一步含有分散劑等樹脂時,在顏料、分散助劑及樹脂之間形成網絡而能夠更加提高顏料的分散性。式(1)的Ar 1、Ar 2、R 1~R 4、Y 1、Y 2中的至少1個含有上述由式(R-100)表示之基團作為取代基之結構的化合物能夠較佳地用作顏料衍生物。另外,式(1)的Ar 1、Ar 2、R 1~R 4、Y 1、Y 2中的至少1個含有上述由式(R-100)表示之基團作為取代基之結構的化合物亦能夠用作顏料或染料。 Particular colorants may be pigment derivatives. Pigment derivatives can be used, for example, as dispersing aids. Dispersing aids refer to materials used to improve the dispersion of pigments in compositions. When the composition further contains a resin such as a dispersant, a network is formed between the pigment, the dispersion aid and the resin, thereby further improving the dispersibility of the pigment. A compound having a structure in which at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 , R 1 to R 4 , Y 1 , and Y 2 in formula (1) contains the group represented by formula (R-100) as a substituent is preferred. Used as pigment derivatives. In addition, compounds having a structure in which at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 , R 1 to R 4 , Y 1 , and Y 2 in the formula (1) contains the group represented by the above formula (R-100) as a substituent is also a compound. Can be used as a pigment or dye.

作為特定著色劑的具體例,可舉出後述之化合物PPB-A-1~PPB-A-20、化合物PPB-B-1~PPB-B-13所例示之結構的化合物。Specific examples of the specific colorant include compounds having structures illustrated by compounds PPB-A-1 to PPB-A-20 and compounds PPB-B-1 to PPB-B-13, which will be described later.

(其他著色劑) 本發明的著色組成物中含有之著色劑還能夠含有與上述特定著色劑不同的著色劑(其他著色劑)。作為其他著色劑,可舉出綠色著色劑、紅色著色劑、黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑、藍色著色劑及橙色著色劑等彩色著色劑。 (Other colorants) The coloring agent contained in the coloring composition of the present invention may also contain a coloring agent (other coloring agent) different from the above-mentioned specific coloring agent. Examples of other colorants include color colorants such as green colorants, red colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, blue colorants, and orange colorants.

其他著色劑可以為顏料,亦可以為染料,但顏料為較佳。顏料的平均勻次粒徑為1~200nm為較佳。下限為5nm以上為較佳,10nm以上為更佳。上限為180nm以下為較佳,150nm以下為更佳,100nm以下為進一步較佳。另外,在本說明書中,顏料的一次粒徑能夠藉由穿透式電子顯微鏡觀察顏料的一次粒子並依據所獲得之圖像照片來計算。具體而言,計算顏料的一次粒子的投影面積,並計算與其相對應之等效圓直徑作為顏料的一次粒徑。又,將本說明書中的平均勻次粒徑設為針對400個顏料的一次粒子的一次粒徑的算數平均值。又,顏料的一次粒子係指未凝聚之獨立粒子。Other colorants may be pigments or dyes, but pigments are preferred. The average sub-particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, and more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and still more preferably 100 nm or less. In addition, in this specification, the primary particle size of the pigment can be calculated based on the obtained image photograph by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is calculated, and the corresponding equivalent circle diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. In addition, the average secondary particle diameter in this specification is the arithmetic average of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of a pigment. In addition, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not agglomerated.

其他著色劑亦能夠使用顏料衍生物。Pigment derivatives can also be used for other colorants.

其他著色劑為含有黃色著色劑者為較佳。其他著色劑為除了黃色著色劑之外還含有選自由綠色著色劑及顏料衍生物組成之群組中的至少1種者亦較佳。 又,其他著色劑亦可以為含有顏料衍生物者。 It is preferable that other coloring agents contain yellow coloring agents. It is also preferable that the other colorant contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a green colorant and a pigment derivative in addition to the yellow colorant. Moreover, other colorants may contain pigment derivatives.

作為綠色著色劑,可舉出酞菁化合物及方酸菁化合物,酞菁化合物為較佳。作為綠色著色劑的具體例,可舉出C.I.顏料綠7、10、36、37、58、59、62、63、64、65、66等綠色顏料。又,作為綠色著色劑,亦能夠使用在1分子中的鹵素原子數平均為10~14個、溴原子數平均為8~12個、氯原子數平均為2~5個之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開第2015/118720號中記載之化合物。又,作為綠色著色劑,亦能夠使用中國專利申請第106909027號說明書中記載之化合物、國際公開第2012/102395號中記載之具有磷酸酯作為配位體之酞菁化合物、日本特開2019-008014號公報中記載之酞菁化合物、日本特開2018-180023號公報中記載之酞菁化合物、日本特開2019-038958號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2020-070426號公報中記載之鋁酞菁化合物、日本特開2020-076995號公報中記載之核殼型色素、日本特表2020-504758號公報中記載之二芳基甲烷化合物等。Examples of the green colorant include phthalocyanine compounds and squaraine compounds, with phthalocyanine compounds being preferred. Specific examples of the green colorant include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66. In addition, as the green colorant, it is also possible to use a halide zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of 8 to 12, and an average number of chlorine atoms in 2 to 5. . Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. In addition, as the green colorant, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphate ester as a ligand described in International Publication No. 2012/102395, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-008014 can also be used. Phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-180023, phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-038958, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-070426 Cyanine compounds, core-shell pigments described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-076995, diarylmethane compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-504758, etc.

綠色著色劑為C.I.顏料綠7、36、58、59、62、63為較佳,C.I.顏料綠7、36、58、59為更佳。The green colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, and 63, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, and 59.

作為紅色著色劑,可舉出二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、蒽醌化合物、偶氮化合物、萘酚化合物、甲亞胺化合物、口山口星化合物、喹吖酮化合物、苝化合物、硫靛藍化合物等。作為紅色著色劑的具體例,可舉出C.I.(比色指數)顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、9、10、14、17、22、23、31、38、41、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、52:1、52:2、53:1、57:1、60:1、63:1、66、67、81:1、81:2、81:3、83、88、90、105、112、119、122、123、144、146、149、150、155、166、168、169、170、171、172、175、176、177、178、179、184、185、187、188、190、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、216、220、224、226、242、246、254、255、264、269、270、272、279、291、294、295、296、297等紅色顏料。又,作為紅色著色劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2017-201384號公報中記載之結構中至少1個溴原子被取代之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本專利第6248838號的0016~0022段中記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/102399號中記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/117965號中記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本特開2020-085947號公報中記載之溴化二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本特開2012-229344號公報中記載之萘酚偶氮化合物、日本專利第6516119號公報中記載之紅色著色劑、日本專利第6525101號公報中記載之紅色著色劑、日本特開2020-090632號公報的0229段中記載之溴化二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2019-0140741號公報中記載之蒽醌化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2019-0140744號公報中記載之蒽醌化合物、日本特開2020-079396號公報中記載之苝化合物、日本特開2020-083982號公報中記載之苝化合物、日本特開2018-035345號公報中記載之口山口星化合物、日本特開2020-066702號公報的0025~0041段中記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物等。又,作為紅色著色劑,亦能夠使用具有如下結構之化合物:對芳環導入了鍵結有氧原子、硫原子或氮原子之基團而成之芳環基與二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架鍵結。作為紅色著色劑,亦能夠使用Lumogen F Orange 240(BASF製造,紅色顏料、苝顏料)。Examples of the red colorant include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, formimine compounds, Kuchiyamaguchi star compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds, and the like. Specific examples of the red colorant include C.I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41 , 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1 ,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170 ,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246 , 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297 and other red pigments. In addition, as the red colorant, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-201384 and paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No. 6248838 can also be used. The diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in International Publication No. 2012/102399, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in International Publication No. 2012/117965, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-085947 The brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-229344, the naphthol azo compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6516119, the red colorant described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101 Red colorant, brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraph 0229 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-090632, anthraquinone compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140741, Korean Patent Publication No. Anthraquinone compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, perylene compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-079396, perylene compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-083982, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-035345 The Yamaguchi star compound described in , the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0025 to 0041 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-066702, and the like. Furthermore, as the red colorant, a compound having the following structure can also be used: an aromatic ring group in which a group to which an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is bonded is introduced into the aromatic ring and the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is bonded . As the red colorant, Lumogen F Orange 240 (manufactured by BASF, red pigment, perylene pigment) can also be used.

紅色著色劑為C.I.顏料紅122、177、179、254、255、264、269、272、291為較佳,C.I.顏料紅254、264、272為更佳。The red colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272, and 291, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272.

作為黃色著色劑,可舉出偶氮化合物、甲亞胺化合物、異吲哚啉化合物、蝶啶基化合物、喹啉黃化合物及苝化合物等。作為黃色著色劑的具體例,可舉出C.I.顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、86、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、199、213、214、215、228、231、232、233、234、235、236等黃色顏料。Examples of the yellow colorant include azo compounds, methimine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridinyl compounds, quinoline compounds, perylene compounds, and the like. Specific examples of the yellow colorant include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, etc. Yellow pigment.

又,作為黃色著色劑,亦能夠使用下述結構的偶氮巴比妥酸鎳錯合物。 [化學式11] Moreover, as a yellow coloring agent, the nickel azobarbiturate complex of the following structure can also be used. [Chemical formula 11]

又,作為黃色著色劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2017-201003號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-197719號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171912號公報的0011~0062、0137~0276段中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171913號公報的0010~0062、0138~0295段中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171914號公報的0011~0062、0139~0190段中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171915號公報的0010~0065、0142~0222段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-054339號公報的0011~0034段中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-026228號公報的0013~0058段中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-062644號公報中記載之異吲哚啉化合物、日本特開2018-203798號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-062578號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本專利第6432076號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-155881號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-111757號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-040835號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2017-197640號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2016-145282號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-085565號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-021139號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-209614號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-209435號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-181015號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-061622號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-032486號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2012-226110號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074987號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-081565號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074986號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074985號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-050420號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-031281號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特公昭48-032765號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2019-008014號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本專利第6607427號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2014-0034963號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-095706號公報中記載之化合物、台灣專利申請公開第201920495號公報中記載之化合物、日本專利第6607427號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2020-033525號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2020-033524號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2020-033523號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2020-033522號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2020-033521號公報中記載之化合物、國際公開第2020/045200號中記載之化合物、國際公開第2020/045199號中記載之化合物、國際公開第2020/045197號中記載之化合物、日本特開2020-093994號公報中記載之偶氮化合物、國際公開第2020/105346號中記載之苝化合物、日本特表2020-517791號公報中記載之喹啉黃化合物、下述由式(QP1)表示之化合物及下述由式(QP2)表示之化合物。又,從提高色值的觀點而言,亦可較佳地使用將該等化合物多聚體化者。 [化學式12] In addition, as the yellow colorant, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-201003, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-197719, and compounds 0011 to 0062 and 0137 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-171912 can also be used. Compounds described in paragraphs 0276 to 0276, compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0062 and 0138 to 0295 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-171913, and compounds described in paragraphs 0011 to 0062 and 0139 to 0190 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-171914. Compounds, compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0065 and 0142 to 0222 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-171915, quinoline compounds described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-054339, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014- Quinoline yellow compounds described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of Publication No. 026228, isoindoline compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-062644, quinoline yellow compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-203798, Japan Quinophthalone compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-062578, quinophthaline compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6432076, quinophthaline compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-155881, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018- Quinophthalone compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 111757, quinophthalene compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-040835, quinophthaline compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-197640, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-145282 The quinophthalone compound described in the publication, the quinophthalone compound described in the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-085565, the quinophthalone compound described in the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-021139, the quinophthalone compound described in the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-209614 The quinophthalone compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-209435, the quinophthalone compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-181015, and the quinophthaline compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-061622 Quinophthalone compound, quinoline compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-032486, quinophthalate compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-226110, quinoline described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-074987 Yellow compound, quinophthalone compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-081565, quinophthalate compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-074986, quinophthaline compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-074985 , the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-050420, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-031281, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-032765, Japan Quinophthalone compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-008014, quinophthalone compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6607427, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2014-0034963, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017- Compounds described in Publication No. 095706, compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495, compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6607427, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-033525, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020- Compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 033524, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-033523, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-033522, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-033521, International Publication No. Compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/045200, compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/045199, compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/045197, azo compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-093994, International Publication No. The perylene compound described in No. 2020/105346, the quinoline compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-517791, the following compound represented by formula (QP1) and the following compound represented by formula (QP2). In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the color value, those in which these compounds are polymerized can also be preferably used. [Chemical formula 12]

式(QP1)中,X 1~X 16各自獨立地表示氫原子或鹵素原子,Z 1表示碳數1~3的伸烷基。作為由式(QP1)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出日本專利第6443711號公報的0016中記載之化合物。 [化學式13] In the formula (QP1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (QP1) include the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6443711 No. 0016. [Chemical formula 13]

式(QP2)中,Y 1~Y 3分別獨立地表示鹵素原子。n、m表示0~6的整數,p表示0~5的整數。(n+m)為1以上。作為由式(QP2)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出日本專利6432077號公報的0047~0048段中記載之化合物。 In formula (QP2), Y 1 to Y 3 each independently represent a halogen atom. n and m represent an integer from 0 to 6, and p represents an integer from 0 to 5. (n+m) is 1 or more. Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (QP2) include compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.

黃色著色劑為C.I.顏料黃117、129、138、139、150、185為較佳。The preferred yellow colorants are C.I. Pigment Yellow 117, 129, 138, 139, 150 and 185.

作為橙色著色劑,可舉出C.I.顏料橙2、5、13、16、17:1、31、34、36、38、43、46、48、49、51、52、55、59、60、61、62、64、71、73等橙色顏料。Examples of the orange colorant include C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61 , 62, 64, 71, 73 and other orange pigments.

作為紫色著色劑,可舉出C.I.顏料紫1、19、23、27、32、37、42、60、61等紫色顏料。Examples of purple colorants include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.

作為藍色著色劑,可舉出C.I.顏料藍1、2、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、29、60、64、66、79、80、87、88等。又,作為藍色著色劑,亦能夠使用具有磷原子之鋁酞菁化合物。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2012-247591號公報的0022~0030段、日本特開2011-157478號公報的0047段中記載之化合物。Examples of the blue colorant include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc. Furthermore, as the blue colorant, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-157478.

其他著色劑亦能夠使用染料。作為染料,並無特別的限制,能夠使用公知的染料。例如,可舉出吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三芳基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽吡啶酮系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑偶氮次甲基系、口山口星系、酞菁系、苯并哌喃系、靛藍系、吡咯亞甲基系等染料。Other colorants can also use dyes. The dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo series, anilinoazo series, triarylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxocyanine series, pyrazotriazole azo series, Pyridone azo series, cyanine series, thiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine series, Kouyamaguchi galaxy, phthalocyanine series, benzopyran series, indigo series, pyrrromethylene series and other dyes .

其他著色劑亦能夠使用色素多聚體。色素多聚體為可溶解於溶劑中而使用之染料為較佳。又,色素多聚體可以形成為粒子。當色素多聚體為粒子時,通常以分散於溶劑中之狀態使用。粒子狀態的色素多聚體例如能夠藉由乳化聚合而獲得,作為具體例可舉出日本特開2015-214682號公報中記載之化合物及製造方法。色素多聚體為在一分子中具有2個以上的色素結構者,具有3個以上的色素結構為較佳。上限並無特別的限制,但亦能夠設為100以下。在一分子中具有之複數個色素結構可以為相同的色素結構,亦可以為不同的色素結構。色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)為2000~50000為較佳。下限為3000以上為更佳,6000以上為進一步較佳。上限為30000以下為更佳,20000以下為進一步較佳。色素多聚體亦能夠使用日本特開2011-213925號公報、日本特開2013-041097號公報、日本特開2015-028144號公報、日本特開2015-030742號公報、國際公開第2016/031442號等中記載之化合物。Pigment polymers can also be used for other colorants. The pigment polymer is preferably a dye that is soluble in a solvent. Furthermore, the dye multimer may be formed into particles. When the pigment polymer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The dye multimer in a particle state can be obtained by, for example, emulsion polymerization. Specific examples include the compound and the production method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-214682. The dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, preferably three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but it can also be set to 100 or less. The plurality of pigment structures present in one molecule may be the same pigment structure or may be different pigment structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. It is more preferable that the lower limit is 3,000 or more, and it is further more preferable that it is 6,000 or more. It is more preferable that the upper limit is 30,000 or less, and it is further more preferable that it is 20,000 or less. The dye multimer can also be used as Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2011-213925, 2013-041097, 2015-028144, 2015-030742, and International Publication No. 2016/031442. Compounds described in etc.

其他著色劑能夠使用韓國公開專利第10-2020-0028160號公報中記載之三芳基甲烷染料聚合物、日本特開2020-117638號公報中記載之口山口星化合物、國際公開第2020/174991號中記載之酞菁化合物、日本特開2020-160279號公報中記載之異吲哚啉化合物或其鹽、韓國公開專利第10-2020-0069442號公報中記載之由式1表示之化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2020-0069730號公報中記載之由式1表示之化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2020-0069070號公報中記載之由式1表示之化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2020-0069067號公報中記載之由式1表示之化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2020-0069062號公報中記載之由式1表示之化合物、日本專利第6809649號中記載之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料、日本特開2020-180176號公報中記載之異吲哚啉化合物。其他著色劑可以為輪烷,色素骨架可以使用於輪烷的環狀結構,亦可以使用於棒狀結構,亦可以使用於兩者的結構。As other colorants, triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, Yamaguchi star compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-117638, and International Publication No. 2020/174991 can be used. Phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-160279, isoindoline compounds or salts thereof, compounds represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442, Korean Patent Publication No. Compound represented by Formula 1 described in Publication No. 10-2020-0069730, compound represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070, Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067 The compound represented by Formula 1 described in, the compound represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, the halide zinc phthalocyanine pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6809649, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020- Isoindoline compounds described in Publication No. 180176. Other colorants may be rotaxanes, and the pigment skeleton may be used in the ring structure of the rotaxane, in the rod-like structure, or in both structures.

其他著色劑亦能夠使用顏料衍生物。作為顏料衍生物,可舉出具有在色素骨架上鍵結有酸基或鹼基之結構之化合物。Pigment derivatives can also be used for other colorants. Examples of pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a base is bonded to a pigment skeleton.

作為構成顏料衍生物之色素骨架,可舉出喹啉色素骨架、苯并咪唑酮色素骨架、苯并異吲哚色素骨架、苯并噻唑色素骨架、亞胺鎓色素骨架、方酸菁色素骨架、克酮鎓色素骨架、氧雜菁色素骨架、吡咯并吡咯色素骨架、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素骨架、偶氮色素骨架、甲亞胺色素骨架、酞菁色素骨架、萘酞菁色素骨架、蒽醌色素骨架、喹吖酮色素骨架、二㗁嗪色素骨架、紫環酮色素骨架、苝色素骨架、硫靛藍色素骨架、異吲哚啉色素骨架、異吲哚啉酮色素骨架、喹啉黃色素骨架、二硫醇色素骨架、三芳基甲烷色素骨架、吡咯亞甲基色素骨架等。Examples of the pigment skeleton constituting the pigment derivative include a quinoline pigment skeleton, a benzimidazolone pigment skeleton, a benzisoindole pigment skeleton, a benzothiazole pigment skeleton, an iminium pigment skeleton, and a squaraine pigment skeleton. Ketonium pigment skeleton, oxonium pigment skeleton, pyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, azo pigment skeleton, methimine pigment skeleton, phthalocyanine pigment skeleton, naphthalocyanine pigment skeleton, anthraquinone Pigment skeleton, quinacridone pigment skeleton, dioxazine pigment skeleton, purpurone pigment skeleton, perylene pigment skeleton, thioindigo pigment skeleton, isoindoline pigment skeleton, isoindolinone pigment skeleton, quinoline yellow pigment skeleton , dithiol pigment skeleton, triarylmethane pigment skeleton, pyrromethane pigment skeleton, etc.

作為酸基,可舉出羧基、磺基、磷酸基、硼酸基、羧酸醯胺基、磺酸醯胺基、醯亞胺酸基及該等的鹽等。作為構成鹽之原子或原子團,可舉出鹼金屬離子(Li +、Na +、K +等)、鹼土類金屬離子(Ca 2+、Mg 2+等)、銨離子、咪唑鎓離子、吡啶鎓離子、鏻離子等。作為羧酸醯胺基,由-NHCOR X1表示之基團為較佳。作為磺酸醯胺基,由-NHSO 2R X2表示之基團為較佳。作為醯亞胺酸基,由-SO 2NHSO 2R X3、-CONHSO 2R X4、-CONHCOR X5或-SO 2NHCOR X6表示之基團為較佳,-SO 2NHSO 2R X3為更佳。R X1~R X6分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。R X1~R X6所表示之烷基及芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,鹵素原子為較佳,氟原子為更佳。 Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boric acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonate amide group, a amide acid group, and salts thereof. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, and pyridinium ions, phosphonium ions, etc. As the carboxylic acid amide group, a group represented by -NHCOR X1 is preferred. As the sulfonamide group, a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 is preferred. As the amide acid group, a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 or -SO 2 NHCOR X6 is preferred, and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R R X1 to R X6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R X1 to R X6 may have a substituent. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferred, and a fluorine atom is more preferred.

作為鹼基,可舉出胺基、吡啶基及其鹽、銨基的鹽以及酞醯亞胺甲基。作為構成鹽之原子或原子團,可舉出氫氧化物離子、鹵素離子、羧酸離子、磺酸離子、酚鹽離子(phenoxide ion)等。Examples of the base include an amino group, a pyridyl group and a salt thereof, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimide methyl group. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonic acid ions, phenoxide ions, and the like.

作為顏料衍生物的具體例,可舉出後述之實施例中記載之化合物、日本特開昭56-118462號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開昭63-264674號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平01-217077號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平03-009961號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平03-026767號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平03-153780號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平03-045662號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平04-285669號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平06-145546號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平06-212088號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平06-240158號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平10-030063號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開平10-195326號公報中記載之化合物、國際公開第2011/024896號的0086~0098段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2012/102399號的0063~0094段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/038252號的0082段中記載之化合物、日本特開2015-151530號公報的0171段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-252065號公報的0162~0183段中記載之化合物、日本特開2003-081972號公報中記載之化合物、日本專利第5299151號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2015-172732號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-199308號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-085562號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-035351號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2008-081565號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2019-109512號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2019-133154號公報中記載之化合物、國際公開第2020/002106號中記載之具有硫醇連接基之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本特開2018-168244號公報中記載之苯并咪唑酮化合物或其鹽等。Specific examples of the pigment derivatives include compounds described in the examples described below, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 56-118462, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 63-264674, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 63-264674. Compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 01-217077, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-009961, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-026767, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-153780, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-045662, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 04-285669, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06-145546, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06-212088 Compounds, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06-240158, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-030063, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-195326, 0086 of International Publication No. 2011/024896 Compounds described in paragraphs 0098 to 0098, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399, compounds described in paragraph 0082 of International Publication No. 2017/038252, and 0171 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-151530 Compounds described in paragraphs, compounds described in paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-252065, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-081972, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 5299151, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 5299151, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-172732, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-199308, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-085562, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-035351, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-081565, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-109512, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-133154, compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/002106 A diketopyrrolopyrrole compound with a thiol linkage group, a benzimidazolone compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-168244, or a salt thereof, etc.

著色組成物的總固體成分中著色劑的含量為40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 40 mass% or more, more preferably 50 mass% or more, and still more preferably 55 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 80 mass% or less, more preferably 75 mass% or less, and still more preferably 70 mass% or less.

著色組成物的總固體成分中特定著色劑的含量為18質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,25質量%以上為進一步較佳。上述總含量的上限為65質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳,55質量%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the specific colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 18% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and still more preferably 25% by mass or more. The upper limit of the total content is preferably 65 mass% or less, more preferably 60 mass% or less, and still more preferably 55 mass% or less.

特定著色劑在著色劑中的含量為30質量%以上為較佳,35質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限可以為100質量%以下,亦可以為90質量%以下,80質量%以下為更佳,75質量%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the specific colorant in the colorant is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 35% by mass or more, and still more preferably 40% by mass or more. The upper limit may be 100 mass% or less, or 90 mass% or less, more preferably 80 mass% or less, and still more preferably 75 mass% or less.

當本發明的著色組成物中含有之著色劑除了特定著色劑之外還含有黃色著色劑時,黃色著色劑的含量相對於特定著色劑100質量份為10~200質量份為較佳。下限為20質量份以上為較佳,25質量份以上為更佳,30質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限為180質量份以下為較佳,160質量份以下為更佳,150質量份以下為進一步較佳。 又,著色劑中特定著色劑與黃色著色劑的合計含量為55質量%以上為較佳,60質量%以上為更佳,70質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限能夠設為100質量%以下。 When the colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention contains a yellow colorant in addition to the specific colorant, the content of the yellow colorant is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific colorant. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 25 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 30 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 parts by mass or less, more preferably 160 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 150 parts by mass or less. In addition, the total content of the specific colorant and the yellow colorant in the colorant is preferably 55 mass% or more, more preferably 60 mass% or more, and still more preferably 70 mass% or more. The upper limit can be set to 100 mass% or less.

當將本發明的著色組成物用作濾色器的綠色像素形成用的著色組成物時,著色劑使用含有黃色著色劑及綠色著色劑者為較佳。又,特定著色劑為綠色著色劑為較佳。 當本發明的著色組成物中含有之著色劑含有綠色著色劑及黃色著色劑,並且作為綠色著色劑使用上述特定著色劑時,綠色著色劑中特定著色劑的含量為30~100質量%為較佳,40~100質量%為更佳,50~100質量%為進一步較佳。又,黃色著色劑的含量相對於綠色著色劑100質量份為10~200質量份為較佳。下限為20質量份以上為較佳,25質量份以上為更佳,30質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限為180質量份以下為較佳,160質量份以下為更佳,150質量份以下為進一步較佳。 又,著色劑中綠色著色劑及黃色著色劑的合計含量為80質量%以上為較佳,85質量%以上為更佳,90質量%以上為進一步較佳,95質量%以上為更進一步較佳。上限能夠設為100質量%以下。 When the colored composition of the present invention is used as a colored composition for forming green pixels of a color filter, it is preferable to use a colorant containing a yellow colorant and a green colorant. In addition, the specific colorant is preferably a green colorant. When the coloring agent contained in the coloring composition of the present invention contains a green coloring agent and a yellow coloring agent, and the above-mentioned specific coloring agent is used as the green coloring agent, the content of the specific coloring agent in the green coloring agent is 30 to 100% by mass. Preferably, 40 to 100 mass % is more preferably, and 50 to 100 mass % is still more preferably. Moreover, the content of the yellow colorant is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the green colorant. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 25 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 30 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 parts by mass or less, more preferably 160 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 150 parts by mass or less. In addition, the total content of the green colorant and the yellow colorant in the colorant is preferably 80 mass% or more, more preferably 85 mass% or more, still more preferably 90 mass% or more, and still more preferably 95 mass% or more. . The upper limit can be set to 100 mass% or less.

<<硬化性化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物含有硬化性化合物。作為硬化性化合物,可舉出聚合性化合物、樹脂等。樹脂可以為非聚合性樹脂(不具有聚合性基之樹脂),亦可以為聚合性樹脂(具有聚合性基之樹脂)。作為聚合性基,可舉出含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及環狀醚基等。作為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。作為環狀醚基,可舉出環氧基、氧雜環丁基等,環氧基為較佳。環氧基可以為脂環式環氧基。另外,脂環式環氧基係指具有環氧環與飽和烴環縮合之環狀結構之1價的官能基。 <<Hardening compound>> The colored composition of the present invention contains a curable compound. Examples of curable compounds include polymerizable compounds, resins, and the like. The resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (a resin without a polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (a resin with a polymerizable group). Examples of the polymerizable group include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, and the like. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include vinyl, (meth)allyl, (meth)acrylyl, and the like. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and the like, with an epoxy group being preferred. The epoxy group may be an alicyclic epoxy group. In addition, the alicyclic epoxy group refers to a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.

作為硬化性化合物,使用至少含有樹脂者為較佳。又,當將本發明的著色組成物設為光微影用著色組成物時,作為硬化性化合物,使用具有酸基之樹脂及聚合性單體(單體型聚合性化合物)為較佳,使用具有酸基之樹脂及具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之聚合性單體(單體型聚合性化合物)為更佳。As the curing compound, it is preferable to use one containing at least resin. Furthermore, when the colored composition of the present invention is a colored composition for photolithography, it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group and a polymerizable monomer (monomer polymerizable compound) as the curable compound. A resin having an acidic group and a polymerizable monomer (monomer-type polymerizable compound) having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond are more preferred.

(聚合性化合物) 作為聚合性化合物,可舉出具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物及具有環狀醚基之化合物等。具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物能夠較佳地用作自由基聚合性化合物。又,具有環狀醚基之化合物能夠較佳地用作陽離子聚合性化合物。 (polymeric compound) Examples of the polymerizable compound include compounds having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, compounds having a cyclic ether group, and the like. A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound. Moreover, the compound which has a cyclic ether group can be suitably used as a cationic polymerizable compound.

作為樹脂型聚合性化合物,可舉出含有具有聚合性基之重複單元之樹脂等。Examples of the resin-type polymerizable compound include resins containing repeating units having a polymerizable group.

單體型聚合性化合物(聚合性單體)的分子量未達2000為較佳,1500以下為更佳。聚合性單體的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳。樹脂型聚合性化合物的重量平均分子量(Mw)為2000~2000000為較佳。重量平均分子量的上限為1000000以下為較佳,500000以下為更佳。重量平均分子量的下限為3000以上為較佳,5000以上為更佳。The molecular weight of the monotype polymerizable compound (polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2,000, and more preferably not more than 1,500. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 200 or more. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.

作為聚合性單體的具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2009-288705號公報的0095~0108段、日本特開2013-029760號公報的0227段、日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段、日本特開2013-253224號公報的0034~0038段、日本特開2012-208494號公報的0477段、日本特開2017-048367號公報、日本專利第6057891號公報、日本專利第6031807號公報、日本特開2017-194662號公報所述之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as the polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound. . Specific examples include Paragraphs 0095 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-288705, Paragraph 0227 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-029760, Paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-292970, and Paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-292970. Paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of Publication No. 2013-253224, Paragraph 0477 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-208494, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-048367, Japanese Patent Publication No. 6057891, Japanese Patent Publication No. 6031807, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017 -Compounds described in Publication No. 194662, the content of which is incorporated into this specification.

作為具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物,可舉出二新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,NK ESTER A-DPH-12E;SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造)及該等化合物的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇和/或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構的化合物(例如,由SARTOMER Company,Inc.市售之SR454、SR499)。又,作為具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物,亦能夠使用二甘油EO(環氧乙烷)改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,M-460;TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造,NK ESTER A-TMMT)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、ARONIX TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、NK Oligo UA-7200(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A0(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製造)等。Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipenterythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product, KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Dineopenterythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available product, KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipenterythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product) , KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipenterythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ESTER A- DPH-12E; manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.) and compounds in which the (meth)acrylyl group of these compounds is bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues (for example, manufactured by SARTOMER Company, Inc. .Commercially available SR454, SR499). Furthermore, as a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available, M-460; TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd.), neopentyl tetraacrylate (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., NK ESTER A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. , KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), ARONIX TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.) , 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A0 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.), etc.

又,作為具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物,使用三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷環氧丙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物亦較佳。作為3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的市售品,可舉出ARONIX M-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、NK ESTER A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Furthermore, as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane epoxypropane-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and trihydroxypropane tri(meth)acrylate are used. Methylpropane ethylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate, neopentylerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, etc. 3 functional (meth)acrylate compounds are also preferred. Commercially available products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include ARONIX M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M- 306, M-305, M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), NK ESTER A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A -TMM-3L, A-TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 ( Manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.

具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物還可以具有羧基、磺基、磷酸基等酸基。作為這種化合物的市售品,可舉出ARONIX M-305、M-510、M-520、ARONIX TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)等。The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may also have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, or a phosphate group. Commercially available products of such compounds include ARONIX M-305, M-510, M-520, ARONIX TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), and the like.

作為具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物,亦能夠使用具有己內酯結構之化合物。關於具有己內酯結構之化合物,能夠參閱日本特開2013-253224號公報的0042~0045段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。具有己內酯結構之化合物例如可舉出,由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.作為DPCA系列市售之DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等。As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. Regarding the compound having a caprolactone structure, please refer to the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-253224, which content is incorporated into this specification. Examples of compounds having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120, which are commercially available as DPCA series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.

作為具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物,亦能夠使用具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及伸烷氧基之化合物。這種化合物為具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及乙烯氧基和/或伸丙氧基之化合物為較佳,具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及乙烯氧基之化合物為更佳,具有4~20個乙烯氧基之3~6官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為進一步較佳。作為市售品,例如可舉出SARTOMER Company,Inc.製造之具有4個乙烯氧基之4官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯SR-494、由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之具有3個異丁烯氧基(isobutyleneoxy)之3官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯KAYARAD TPA-330等。As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyloxy group can also be used. This compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a vinyloxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, and more preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an vinyloxy group. , 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compounds having 4-20 vinyloxy groups are further preferred. Examples of commercially available products include SR-494, a tetrafunctional (meth)acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by SARTOMER Company, Inc., and SR-494, a tetrafunctional (meth)acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. KAYARAD TPA-330, a 3-functional (meth)acrylate based on isobutyleneoxy, etc.

作為具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物,亦能夠使用具有茀骨架之聚合性化合物。作為市售品,可舉出OGSOL EA-0200、EA-0300(Osaka Gas Chemicals Co.,Ltd.製造,具有茀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體)等。As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a polymerizable compound having a fluorine skeleton can also be used. Examples of commercially available products include OGSOL EA-0200 and EA-0300 ((meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorine skeleton, manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd.).

作為具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物,使用實質上不含有甲苯等環境管制物質之化合物亦較佳。作為此類化合物的市售品,可舉出KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, it is also preferred to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmentally controlled substances such as toluene. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like.

作為具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物,使用UA-7200(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製造)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上,Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A0(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製造)等亦較佳。As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, UA-7200 (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA is used -306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (above, Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd. .), LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A0 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.), etc. are also preferred.

作為具有環狀醚基之化合物,可舉出具有環氧基之化合物、具有氧雜環丁基之化合物等,具有環氧基之化合物為較佳。作為具有環氧基之化合物,可舉出在1分子內具有1~100個環氧基之化合物。環氧基的數的上限例如能夠設為10個以下,亦能夠設為5個以下。環氧基的數的下限為2個以上為較佳。Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group include compounds having an epoxy group, compounds having an oxetanyl group, and the like, and compounds having an epoxy group are preferred. Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include compounds having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably 2 or more.

具有環狀醚基之化合物可以為低分子化合物(例如,分子量未達1000),亦可以為高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如,分子量為1000以上,其為聚合物的情況下,重量平均分子量為1000以上)。環狀醚基的重量平均分子量為200~100000為較佳,500~50000為更佳。重量平均分子量的上限為10000以下為較佳,5000以下為更佳,3000以下為進一步較佳。The compound with a cyclic ether group can be a low molecular compound (for example, the molecular weight is less than 1000), or it can be a macromolecule compound (for example, the molecular weight is more than 1000. When it is a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and still more preferably 3,000 or less.

作為具有環狀醚基之化合物,亦能夠使用日本特開2013-011869號公報的0034~0036段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-043556號公報的0147~0156段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-089408號公報的0085~0092段中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-179172號公報中記載之化合物。As the compound having a cyclic ether group, compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-011869, compounds described in paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-043556, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-043556 can also be used. Compounds described in paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-089408, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-179172.

作為具有環狀醚基之化合物的市售品,可舉出DENACOL EX-212L、EX-212、EX-214L、EX-214、EX-216L、EX-216、EX-321L、EX-321、EX-850L、EX-850(以上,Nagase ChemteX Corporation.製造)、ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、EP-4003S、EP-4010S、EP-4011S(以上,ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上,ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、CELLOXIDE 2021P、CELLOXIDE 2081、CELLOXIDE 2083、CELLOXIDE 2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、PB 4700(以上,Daicel Corporation製造)、CYCLOMER P ACA 200M、ACA 230AA、ACA Z250、ACA Z251、ACA Z300、ACA Z320(以上,Daicel Corporation製造)、jER1031S、jER157S65、jER152、jER154、jER157S70(以上,Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.製造)、Aron Oxetane OXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ、PNOX(以上,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、Adekaglycylol ED-505(ADEKA CORPORATION製造,含環氧基單體)、Marproof G-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(NOF CORPORATION.製造,含環氧基聚合物)、OXT-101、OXT-121、OXT-212、OXT-221(以上,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造,含氧雜環丁基單體)、OXE-10、OXE-30(以上,OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD製造,含氧雜環丁基單體)等。Examples of commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include DENACOL EX-212L, EX-212, EX-214L, EX-214, EX-216L, EX-216, EX-321L, EX-321, EX -850L, EX-850 (above, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation), ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (above, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC -7300, CYCLOMER P ACA 200M, ACA 230AA, ACA Z250, ACA Z251, ACA Z300, ACA Z320 (above, manufactured by Daicel Corporation), jER1031S, jER157S65, jER152, jER154, jER157S70 (above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), Aron Oxetane OXT- 121. OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX (above, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), Adekaglycylol ED-505 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, containing epoxy monomer), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G -0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION., containing epoxy-based polymer), OXT-101, OXT- 121. OXT-212, OXT-221 (above, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., containing oxetanyl monomer), OXE-10, OXE-30 (above, manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD., containing oxetanyl monomer) cyclobutyl monomer), etc.

(樹脂) 本發明的著色組成物能夠將樹脂用作硬化性化合物。硬化性化合物使用至少含有樹脂者為較佳。例如,以在著色組成物中分散顏料等之用途、黏合劑的用途摻合樹脂。另外,將主要用於在著色組成物中分散顏料等之樹脂亦稱為分散劑。然而,樹脂的此類用途為一例,亦能夠以此類用途以外的用途為目的使用樹脂。另外,具有聚合性基之樹脂亦對應於聚合性化合物。 (resin) The colored composition of the present invention can use resin as the curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least resin. For example, the resin is blended for the purpose of dispersing pigments in a coloring composition or the purpose of a binder. In addition, resins mainly used for dispersing pigments and the like in coloring compositions are also called dispersants. However, this type of use of the resin is an example, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses. In addition, a resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.

樹脂的重量平均分子量為3000~2000000為較佳。上限為1000000以下為較佳,500000以下為更佳。下限為4000以上為較佳,5000以上為更佳。The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less. A lower limit of 4,000 or more is preferred, and a lower limit of 5,000 or more is even better.

作為樹脂,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、烯-硫醇樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚苯樹脂、聚伸芳基醚氧化膦樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、環狀烯烴樹脂、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、乙酸乙烯酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇樹脂、聚乙烯縮醛樹脂、聚胺酯樹脂、聚脲樹脂等。在該等樹脂中,可以單獨使用1種,亦可以混合使用2種以上。作為環狀烯烴樹脂,從提高耐熱性的觀點而言,降莰烯樹脂為較佳。作為降莰烯樹脂的市售品,例如可舉出JSR Corporation製造之ARTON系列(例如,ARTON F4520)等。又,作為樹脂,亦能夠使用國際公開第2016/088645號的實施例中記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-057265號公報中記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-032685號公報中記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-075248號公報中記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-066240號公報中記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-167513號公報中記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-173787號公報中記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-206689號公報的0041~0060段中記載之樹脂、日本特開2018-010856號公報的0022~0071段中記載之樹脂、日本特開2016-222891號公報中記載之嵌段聚異氰酸酯樹脂、日本特開2020-122052號公報中記載之樹脂、日本特開2020-111656號公報中記載之樹脂、日本特開2020-139021號公報中記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-138503號公報中記載之含有在主鏈具有環結構之結構單元及在側鏈具有聯苯基之結構單元之樹脂。又,作為樹脂,亦能夠較佳地使用具有茀骨架之樹脂。關於具有茀骨架之樹脂,能夠參閱美國專利申請公開第2017/0102610號說明書的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為樹脂,亦能夠使用日本特開2020-186373號公報的0199~0233段中記載之樹脂、日本特開2020-186325號公報中記載之鹼溶性樹脂、韓國公開專利第10-2020-0078339號公報中記載之由式1表示之樹脂。Examples of the resin include (meth)acrylic resin, epoxy resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polystyrene resin, polyetherstyrene resin, polyphenylene resin, Polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, polyamide imine resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, vinyl acetate resin, Polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, etc. Among these resins, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be mixed and used. As the cyclic olefin resin, norbornene resin is preferred from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance. Examples of commercially available norbornene resins include the ARTON series (for example, ARTON F4520) manufactured by JSR Corporation. In addition, as the resin, the resin described in the Examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-057265, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-032685, and the Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-032685 can also be used. The resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-075248, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-066240, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-167513, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-173787 , the resin described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-206689, the resin described in paragraphs 0022 to 0071 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-010856, and the block described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-222891 Polyisocyanate resin, resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-122052, resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-111656, resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-139021, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-138503 The resin described in the publication contains a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain. In addition, as the resin, a resin having a skeleton can also be suitably used. Regarding the resin having a tungsten skeleton, please refer to the description of US Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610, which content is incorporated into this specification. In addition, as the resin, the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-186373, the alkali-soluble resin described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-186325, and Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 can also be used. The resin represented by formula 1 described in the publication No.

作為樹脂,使用具有酸基之樹脂為較佳。作為酸基,例如可舉出羧基、磷酸基、磺基、酚性羥基等。該等酸基可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。具有酸基之樹脂例如能夠用作鹼可溶性樹脂。具有酸基之樹脂的酸值為30~500mgKOH/g為較佳。下限為50mgKOH/g以上為較佳,70mgKOH/g以上為更佳。上限為400mgKOH/g以下為較佳,200mgKOH/g以下為更佳,150mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳,120mgKOH/g以下為最佳。As the resin, it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group. Examples of acidic groups include carboxyl groups, phosphate groups, sulfo groups, phenolic hydroxyl groups, and the like. There may be only one type of these acid groups, or two or more types of them. A resin having an acid group can be used as an alkali-soluble resin, for example. The acid value of the resin with acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, further preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

作為樹脂,包含含有源自由式(ED1)表示之化合物和/或由式(ED2)表示之化合物(以下,有時將該等化合物亦稱為“醚二聚體”。)之重複單元之樹脂亦較佳。The resin includes a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may also be referred to as "ether dimers"). Also better.

[化學式14] [Chemical formula 14]

式(ED1)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1~25的烴基。 [化學式15] 式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基團。作為式(ED2)的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2010-168539號公報的記載。 In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. [Chemical formula 15] In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of Formula (ED2), refer to the description of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-168539.

關於醚二聚體的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號公報的0317段,該內容被編入本說明書中。Regarding specific examples of ether dimers, refer to paragraph 0317 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-029760, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

作為樹脂,使用具有聚合性基之樹脂亦較佳。聚合性基可舉出含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及環狀醚基。As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a cyclic ether group.

作為樹脂,亦能夠使用具有選自由式(Ep-1)表示之重複單元及由式(Ep-2)表示之重複單元之至少1種重複單元(以下,亦稱為重複單元Ep)之樹脂(以下,亦稱為樹脂Ep)。上述樹脂Ep可以僅含有由式(Ep-1)表示之重複單元及由式(Ep-2)表示之重複單元中的任一者重複單元,亦可以分別含有由式(Ep-1)表示之重複單元及由式(Ep-2)表示之重複單元。當含有兩種重複單元時,由式(Ep-1)表示之重複單元與由式(Ep-2)表示之重複單元之比率以莫耳比為由式(Ep-1)表示之重複單元:由式(Ep-2)表示之重複單元=5:95~95:5為較佳,10:90~90:10為更佳,20:80~80:20為進一步較佳。 [化學式16] As the resin, a resin having at least one repeating unit (hereinafter, also referred to as repeating unit Ep) selected from the repeating unit represented by formula (Ep-1) and the repeating unit represented by formula (Ep-2) can also be used ( Hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ep). The above-mentioned resin Ep may contain only any one of the repeating units represented by the formula (Ep-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ep-2), or may contain each of the repeating units represented by the formula (Ep-1). Repeating units and repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2). When two kinds of repeating units are contained, the molar ratio of the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ep-1) to the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ep-2) is: The repeating unit represented by the formula (Ep-2) is preferably 5:95 to 95:5, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, and further preferably 20:80 to 80:20. [Chemical formula 16]

式(Ep-1)、(Ep-2)中,L 1表示單鍵或2價的連接基,R 1表示氫原子或取代基。作為R 1所表示之取代基,可舉出烷基及芳基,烷基為較佳。烷基的碳數為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。R 1為氫原子或甲基為較佳。作為L 1所表示之2價的連接基,可舉出伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基)、伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及組合這些中的2個以上而得之基團。伸烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一個,直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。又,伸烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出羥基、烷氧基等。 In the formulas (Ep-1) and (Ep-2), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R 1 include an alkyl group and an aryl group, with an alkyl group being preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and further preferably 1 to 3. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) and an aryl group (preferably an arylyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms). , -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and groups obtained by combining two or more of these. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. In addition, the alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and the like.

樹脂Ep中上述重複單元Ep的含量在樹脂Ep的所有重複單元中為1~100莫耳%為較佳。上限為90莫耳%為較佳,80莫耳%以下為更佳。下限為2莫耳%以上為較佳,3莫耳%以上為更佳。The content of the above-mentioned repeating unit Ep in the resin Ep is preferably 1 to 100 mol% among all the repeating units of the resin Ep. The upper limit is preferably 90 mol%, and the upper limit is more preferably 80 mol% or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 mol% or more, and more preferably 3 mol% or more.

樹脂Ep除了上述重複單元Ep之外亦可以具有其他重複單元。作為其他重複單元,可舉出具有酸基之重複單元、具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之重複單元等。The resin Ep may also have other repeating units in addition to the above-mentioned repeating unit Ep. Examples of other repeating units include repeating units having an acid group, repeating units having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and the like.

作為酸基,可舉出酚性羥基、羧基、磺基、磷酸基,酚性羥基或羧基為較佳,羧基為更佳。Examples of the acidic group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphate group. A phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group is preferred, and a carboxyl group is more preferred.

作為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、苯乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acrylyl group, and the like.

當樹脂Ep含有具有酸基之重複單元時,樹脂Ep中具有酸基之重複單元的含量在樹脂Ep的所有重複單元中為5~85莫耳%為較佳。上限為60莫耳%以下為較佳,40莫耳%以下為更佳。下限為8莫耳%以上為較佳,10莫耳%以上為更佳。When the resin Ep contains repeating units with acidic groups, the content of the repeating units with acidic groups in the resin Ep is preferably 5 to 85 mol% among all the repeating units of the resin Ep. The upper limit is preferably 60 mol% or less, and more preferably 40 mol% or less. The lower limit is preferably 8 mol% or more, and more preferably 10 mol% or more.

當樹脂Ep含有具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之重複單元時,樹脂Ep中具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之重複單元的含量在樹脂Ep的所有重複單元中為1~65莫耳%為較佳。上限為45莫耳%以下為較佳,30莫耳%以下為更佳。下限為2莫耳%以上為較佳,3莫耳%以上為更佳。When the resin Ep contains a repeating unit having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the content of the repeating unit having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the resin Ep is 1 to 65 moles among all the repeating units of the resin Ep. Ear% is better. The upper limit is preferably 45 mol% or less, and more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 mol% or more, and more preferably 3 mol% or more.

樹脂Ep進一步含有具有芳香族烴環之重複單元為較佳。作為芳香族烴環,苯環或萘環為較佳,苯環為較佳。芳香族烴環可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出烷基等。當具有環狀醚基之樹脂含有具有芳香族烴環之重複單元時,具有芳香族烴環之重複單元的含量在具有環狀醚基之樹脂的所有重複單元中為1~65莫耳%為較佳。上限為45莫耳%以下為較佳,30莫耳%以下為更佳。下限為2莫耳%以上為較佳,3莫耳%以上為更佳。作為具有芳香族烴環之重複單元,可舉出源自乙烯基甲苯、苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有芳香族烴環之單官能的聚合性化合物的重複單元。It is preferable that the resin Ep further contains a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. As the aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is preferred, and a benzene ring is preferred. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and the like. When the resin having a cyclic ether group contains a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring in all the repeating units of the resin having a cyclic ether group is 1 to 65 mol%. Better. The upper limit is preferably 45 mol% or less, and more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 mol% or more, and more preferably 3 mol% or more. Examples of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring include repeating units derived from monofunctional polymerizable compounds having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, such as vinyl toluene and benzyl (meth)acrylate.

作為樹脂,使用含有源自由式(X)表示之化合物之重複單元之樹脂亦較佳。 [化學式17] 式中,R 1表示氫原子或甲基,R 21及R 22分別獨立地表示伸烷基,n表示0~15的整數。R 21及R 22所表示之伸烷基的碳數為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳,2或3為尤佳。n表示0~15的整數,0~5的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0~3的整數為進一步較佳。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (X). [Chemical formula 17] In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, further preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, and an integer of 0 to 5 is preferred, an integer of 0 to 4 is more preferred, and an integer of 0 to 3 is further preferred.

作為由式(X)表示之化合物,可舉出對異丙苯基苯酚(para-cumyl phenol)的環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。作為市售品,可舉出ARONIX M-110(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)等。Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide or propylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate of para-cumyl phenol. Examples of commercially available products include ARONIX M-110 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and the like.

作為樹脂,使用具有芳香族羧基之樹脂(以下,亦稱為樹脂Ac)亦較佳。在樹脂Ac中,芳香族羧基可以包含於重複單元的主鏈,亦可以包含於重複單元的側鏈。芳香族羧基包含於重複單元的主鏈為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,芳香族羧基係指,1個以上的羧基鍵結於芳香族環的結構的基團。在芳香族羧基中,鍵結於芳香族環的羧基的數為1~4個為較佳,1~2個為更佳。As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ac). In the resin Ac, the aromatic carboxyl group may be included in the main chain of the repeating unit or in the side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxyl group is included in the main chain of the repeating unit. In addition, in this specification, the aromatic carboxyl group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. Among the aromatic carboxyl groups, the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.

樹脂Ac為含有選自由式(Ac-1)表示之重複單元及由式(Ac-2)表示之重複單元之至少1種重複單元的樹脂為較佳。 [化學式18] 式(Ac-1)中,Ar 1表示含有芳香族羧基之基團,L 1表示-COO-或-CONH-,L 2表示2價的連接基。 式(Ac-2)中,Ar 10表示含有芳香族羧基之基團,L 11表示-COO-或-CONH-,L 12表示3價的連接基,P 10表示聚合物鏈。 The resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2). [Chemical formula 18] In the formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group. In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 represents a polymer chain.

作為式(Ac-1)中Ar 1所表示之含有芳香族羧基之基團,可舉出源自芳香族三羧酸酐之結構、源自芳香族四羧酸酐之結構等。作為芳香族三羧酸酐及芳香族四羧酸酐,可舉出下述結構的化合物。 [化學式19] Examples of the aromatic carboxyl group-containing group represented by Ar 1 in Formula (Ac-1) include a structure derived from aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride, a structure derived from aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydride, and the like. Examples of aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides and aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides include compounds with the following structures. [Chemical formula 19]

上述式中,Q 1表示單鍵、-O-、-CO-、-COOCH 2CH 2OCO-、-SO 2-、-C(CF 32-、由下述式(Q-1)表示之基團或由下述式(Q-2)表示之基團。 [化學式20] In the above formula, Q 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C (CF 3 ) 2 -, and is represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2). [Chemical formula 20]

Ar 1所表示之含有芳香族羧基之基團可以具有聚合性基。聚合性基為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及環狀醚基為較佳,含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為更佳。作為Ar 1所表示之含有芳香族羧基之基團的具體例,可舉出由式(Ar-11)表示之基團、由式(Ar-12)表示之基團、由式(Ar-13)表示之基團等。 [化學式21] The aromatic carboxyl group-containing group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Specific examples of the aromatic carboxyl group-containing group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), a group represented by formula (Ar-13) ) represents groups, etc. [Chemical formula 21]

式(Ar-11)中,n1表示1~4的整數,1或2為較佳,2為更佳。 式(Ar-12)中,n2表示1~8的整數,1~4的整數為較佳,1或2為更佳,2為進一步較佳。 式(Ar-13)中,n3及n4分別獨立地表示0~4的整數,0~2的整數為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。其中,n3及n4中的至少一者為1以上的整數。 式(Ar-13)中,Q 1表示單鍵、-O-、-CO-、-COOCH 2CH 2OCO-、-SO 2-、-C(CF 32-、由上述式(Q-1)表示之基團或由上述式(Q-2)表示之基團。 式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中,*1表示與L 1的鍵結位置。 In formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer from 1 to 4, 1 or 2 is preferred, and 2 is more preferred. In formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, and an integer of 1 to 4 is preferred, 1 or 2 is more preferred, and 2 is further preferred. In the formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4. An integer of 0 to 2 is preferred, 1 or 2 is more preferred, and 1 is further preferred. Among them, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer greater than 1. In the formula (Ar-13), Q 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C (CF 3 ) 2 -. From the above formula (Q- The group represented by 1) or the group represented by the above formula (Q-2). In the formulas (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), *1 represents the bonding position with L 1 .

在式(Ac-1)中,L 1表示-COO-或-CONH-,表示-COO-為較佳。 In the formula (Ac-1), L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.

作為式(Ac-1)中L 2所表示之2價的連接基,可舉出伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及組合這些中的2種以上而得之基團。伸烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個。伸芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。伸烷基及伸芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出羥基等。L 2所表示之2價的連接基為由-L 2a-O-表示之基團為較佳。L 2a可舉出伸烷基、伸芳基、組合伸烷基及伸芳基之基團、組合選自伸烷基及伸芳基之至少1種和選自-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及-S-之至少1種的基團等,伸烷基為較佳。伸烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個。伸烷基及伸芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出羥基等。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (Ac-1) include an alkylene group, an aryl group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and groups obtained by combining two or more of these. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and still more preferably 6 to 10. The alkylene group and the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include hydroxyl group and the like. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-. L 2a includes an alkylene group, an aryl group, a group combining an alkylene group and an aryl group, a combination of at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group and an aryl group, and a group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, It is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-, and an alkylene group is preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkylene group and the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include hydroxyl group and the like.

作為式(Ac-2)中Ar 10所表示之含有芳香族羧基之基團,其含義與式(Ac-1)的Ar 1相同,且較佳範圍亦相同。 The aromatic carboxyl group-containing group represented by Ar 10 in the formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1), and the preferred range is also the same.

式(Ac-2)中L 11表示-COO-或-CONH-,表示-COO-為較佳。 In the formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.

作為式(Ac-2)中L 12所表示之3價的連接基,可舉出烴基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及組合這些中的2種以上而得之基團。烴基可舉出脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基。脂肪族烴基的碳數為1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。脂肪族烴基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個。芳香族烴基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。烴基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出羥基等。L 12所表示之3價的連接基為由式(L12-1)表示之基團為較佳,由式(L12-2)表示之基團為更佳。 [化學式22] Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in the formula (Ac-2) include hydrocarbon groups, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and combinations thereof. A group derived from 2 or more of them. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and still more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include hydroxyl group and the like. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2). [Chemical formula 22]

式(L12-1)中,L 12b表示3價的連接基,X 1表示S,*1表示與式(Ac-2)的L 11的鍵結位置,*2表示與式(Ac-2)的P 10的鍵結位置。作為L 12b所表示之3價的連接基,可舉出烴基、組合烴基和選自-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及-S-之至少1種的基團等,組合烴基或烴基和-O-的基團為較佳。 In the formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of the formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents the bonding position with the formula (Ac-2) The bonding position of P 10 . Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b include a hydrocarbon group, a combined hydrocarbon group, and at least one selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-. Groups, etc., preferably a hydrocarbon group or a group combining a hydrocarbon group and -O-.

式(L12-2)中,L 12c表示3價的連接基,X 1表示S,*1表示與式(Ac-2)的L 11的鍵結位置,*2表示與式(Ac-2)的P 10的鍵結位置。作為L 12c所表示之3價的連接基,可舉出烴基、組合烴基和選自-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及-S-之至少1種的基團等,烴基為較佳。 In the formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of the formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents the bonding position with the formula (Ac-2) The bonding position of P 10 . Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c include a hydrocarbon group, a combined hydrocarbon group, and at least one selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-. groups, etc., hydrocarbon groups are preferred.

在式(Ac-2)中,P 10表示聚合物鏈。P 10所表示之聚合物鏈具有選自聚(甲基)丙烯酸重複單元、聚醚重複單元、聚酯重複單元及多元醇重複單元之至少1種重複單元為較佳。聚合物鏈P 10的重量平均分子量為500~20000為較佳。下限為1000以上為較佳。上限為10000以下為較佳,5000以下為更佳,3000以下為進一步較佳。只要P 10的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內,則組成物中顏料的分散性良好。當具有芳香族羧基之樹脂為具有由式(Ac-2)表示之重複單元之樹脂時,該樹脂能夠較佳地用作分散劑。 In formula (Ac-2), P 10 represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of poly(meth)acrylic acid repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000. A lower limit of 1,000 or more is preferred. The upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and further preferably 3,000 or less. As long as the weight average molecular weight of P10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good. When the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-2), the resin can be preferably used as a dispersant.

P 10所表示之聚合物鏈可以含有聚合性基。作為聚合性基,可舉出含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及環狀醚基。 The polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a cyclic ether group.

本發明的著色組成物含有樹脂作為分散劑為較佳。作為分散劑,可舉出酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)、鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)。在此,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)表示酸基的量多於鹼基的量之樹脂。作為酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂),將酸基的量與鹼基的量的總量設為100莫耳%時,酸基的量為70莫耳%以上的樹脂為較佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)所具有之酸基為羧基為較佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)的酸值為10~105mgKOH/g為較佳。又,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)表示鹼基的量多於酸基的量之樹脂。作為鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂),將酸基的量與鹼基的量的總量設為100莫耳%時,鹼基的量超過50莫耳%的樹脂為較佳。鹼性分散劑所具有之鹼基為胺基為較佳。The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and alkaline dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) means a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of base groups. As an acidic dispersant (acidic resin), when the total amount of acid groups and base groups is 100 mol%, a resin having an acid group amount of 70 mol% or more is preferred. It is preferable that the acidic group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g. In addition, the alkaline dispersant (alkaline resin) means a resin in which the amount of base groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As an alkaline dispersant (basic resin), when the total amount of acid groups and bases is 100 mol%, a resin in which the amount of bases exceeds 50 mol% is preferred. The alkaline dispersant preferably has an amine group as its base.

用作分散劑之樹脂為接枝樹脂亦較佳。關於接枝樹脂的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的0025~0094段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。It is also preferred that the resin used as the dispersant is a graft resin. For details of the graft resin, please refer to the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-255128, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

用作分散劑之樹脂為在主鏈及側鏈中的至少一處含有氮原子之聚亞胺系分散劑亦較佳。作為聚亞胺系分散劑,具有主鏈及側鏈且在主鏈及側鏈中的至少一處具有鹼性氮原子之樹脂為較佳,該主鏈含有具有pKa14以下的官能基之部分結構,該側鏈的原子數為40~10000。鹼性氮原子只要為呈鹼性之氮原子,則並無特別的限制。關於聚亞胺系分散劑,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的0102~0166段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。It is also preferred that the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of its main chain and side chain. As the polyimine-based dispersant, a resin having a main chain and a side chain and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and side chain is preferred. The main chain contains a partial structure having a functional group of pKa 14 or less. , the number of atoms in the side chain is 40 to 10,000. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom. Regarding the polyimine dispersant, please refer to the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-255128, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

用作分散劑之樹脂為在核部鍵結有複數個聚合物鏈之結構的樹脂亦較佳。作為此類樹脂,例如可舉出樹枝狀聚合物(包括星型聚合物)。又,作為樹枝狀聚合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-043962號公報的0196~0209段所述之高分子化合物C-1~C-31等。It is also preferred that the resin used as the dispersant has a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core. Examples of such resins include dendritic polymers (including star polymers). Specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-043962.

用作分散劑之樹脂為含有如下重複單元之樹脂亦較佳,該重複單元在側鏈具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。在側鏈具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之重複單元的含量,在樹脂的所有重複單元中為10莫耳%以上為較佳,10~80莫耳%為更佳,20~70莫耳%為進一步較佳。The resin used as a dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain. The content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more in all the repeating units of the resin, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and 20 to 70 mol%. Ear% is further preferred.

又,作為分散劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2018-087939號公報中記載之樹脂、日本專利第6432077號公報的0219~0221段中記載之嵌段共聚物(EB-1)~(EB-9)、國際公開第2016/104803號中記載之具有聚酯側鏈之聚乙烯亞胺、國際公開第2019/125940號中記載之嵌段共聚物、日本特開2020-066687號公報中記載之具有丙烯醯胺結構單元之嵌段聚合物、日本特開2020-066688號公報中記載之具有丙烯醯胺結構單元之嵌段聚合物、國際公開第2016/104803號中記載之分散劑等。In addition, as the dispersant, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-087939 and the block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077 can also be used. ), the polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, the block copolymer described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, the polyethylene imine described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-066687 Block polymers with acrylamide structural units, block polymers with acrylamide structural units described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-066688, dispersants described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, etc.

分散劑亦能夠作為市售品獲得,作為其具體例,可舉出BYK-Chemie GmbH製造的Disperbyk系列(例如,Disperbyk-111、161、2001等)、Japan Lubrizol Corporation製造的SOLSPERSE系列(例如,SOLSPERSE 20000、76500等)、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co.,Inc.製造的Ajisper系列等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2012-137564號公報的0129段所述之產品、日本特開2017-194662號公報的0235段所述之產品作為分散劑。Dispersants are also available as commercial products. Specific examples thereof include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH (for example, Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), and the SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Corporation (for example, SOLSPERSE 20000, 76500, etc.), Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc., etc. In addition, the product described in paragraph 0129 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-137564 and the product described in paragraph 0235 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.

著色組成物的總固體成分中硬化性化合物的含量為1~70質量%為較佳。下限為2質量%以上為較佳,3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為65質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。本發明的著色組成物可以僅含有1種硬化性化合物,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上的硬化性化合物時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the curable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 70% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 2 mass% or more, more preferably 3 mass% or more, and still more preferably 5 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 65 mass% or less, and more preferably 60 mass% or less. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of curable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of curable compounds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

當著色組成物含有聚合性化合物作為硬化性化合物時,聚合性化合物的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為1~70質量%為較佳。下限為2質量%以上為較佳,3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為65質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。本發明的著色組成物可以僅含有1種聚合性化合物,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上的聚合性化合物時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the coloring composition contains a polymerizable compound as a curable compound, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 2 mass% or more, more preferably 3 mass% or more, and still more preferably 5 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 65 mass% or less, and more preferably 60 mass% or less. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

當著色組成物含有聚合性單體作為硬化性化合物時,聚合性單體的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為1~50質量%為較佳。下限為2質量%以上為較佳,3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上述總含量的上限為35質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。本發明的著色組成物可以僅含有1種聚合性單體,亦可以含有2種以上。當含有2種以上的聚合性單體時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the coloring composition contains a polymerizable monomer as the curable compound, the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 50% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 2 mass% or more, more preferably 3 mass% or more, and still more preferably 5 mass% or more. The upper limit of the total content is preferably 35 mass% or less, more preferably 30 mass% or less, and still more preferably 20 mass% or less. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable monomer, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerizable monomers are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

當本發明的著色組成物含有樹脂作為硬化性化合物時,樹脂的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為1~70質量%為較佳。下限為2質量%以上為較佳,3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為65質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 又,具有酸基之樹脂的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為1~70質量%為較佳。下限為2質量%以上為較佳,3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為65質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 又,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為1~70質量%為較佳。下限為2質量%以上為較佳,3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為65質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 當本發明的著色組成物含有作為分散劑的樹脂時,作為分散劑的樹脂的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為0.1~30質量%為較佳。上限為25質量%以下為較佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為較佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,作為分散劑的樹脂的含量相對於顏料100質量份為1~100質量份為較佳。上限為80質量份以下為較佳,70質量份以下為更佳,60質量份以下為進一步較佳。下限為5質量份以上為較佳,10質量份以上為更佳,20質量份以上為進一步較佳。 本發明的著色組成物可以僅含有1種樹脂,亦可以含有2種以上。當含有2種以上的樹脂時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the colored composition of the present invention contains a resin as a curable compound, the content of the resin is preferably 1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the colored composition. The lower limit is preferably 2 mass% or more, more preferably 3 mass% or more, and still more preferably 5 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 65 mass% or less, and more preferably 60 mass% or less. In addition, the content of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 2 mass% or more, more preferably 3 mass% or more, and still more preferably 5 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 65 mass% or less, and more preferably 60 mass% or less. In addition, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 2 mass% or more, more preferably 3 mass% or more, and still more preferably 5 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 65 mass% or less, and more preferably 60 mass% or less. When the colored composition of the present invention contains a resin as a dispersant, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass in the total solid content of the colored composition. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, and further preferably 20% by mass or less. It is more preferable that the lower limit is 0.5 mass % or more, and it is further more preferable that it is 1 mass % or more. In addition, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 60 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 20 parts by mass or more. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of resins are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

當本發明的著色組成物含有聚合性單體及樹脂作為硬化性化合物時,聚合性單體的含量相對於樹脂100質量份為30~150質量份為較佳。上限為130質量份以下為較佳,110質量份以下為更佳。下限為40質量份以上為較佳,50質量份以上為更佳。When the colored composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable monomer and a resin as a curable compound, the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 30 to 150 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin. The upper limit is preferably 130 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 110 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.

<<溶劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有溶劑。作為溶劑,可舉出有機溶劑。溶劑的種類只要滿足各成分的溶解性或組成物的塗佈性,則基本上並無特別的限制。作為有機溶劑,可舉出酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑、烴系溶劑等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱國際公開第2015/166779號的0223段,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,亦能夠較佳地使用環狀烷基經取代之酯系溶劑、環狀烷基經取代之酮系溶劑。作為有機溶劑的具體例,可舉出聚乙二醇單甲醚、二氯甲烷、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、2-戊酮、3-戊酮、4-庚酮、環己酮、2-甲基環己酮、3-甲基環己酮、4-甲基環己酮、環庚酮、環辛酮、乙酸環己酯、環戊酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、丙二醇二乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁醇、甲基乙基酮、γ-丁內酯、環丁碸、苯甲醚、1,4-二乙醯氧基丁烷、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、二丙酮醇(作為別名,二丙酮醇、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮)、2-甲氧基乙酸丙酯、2-甲氧基-1-丙醇、異丙醇等。然而,有時出於環境方面等原因,減少作為有機溶劑之芳香族烴類(苯、甲苯、二甲苯、乙苯等)為較佳(例如,相對於有機溶劑總量,能夠設為50質量ppm(parts per million:百萬分率)以下,能夠設為10質量ppm以下,亦能夠設為1質量ppm以下)。 <<Solvent>> The colored composition of the present invention contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component or the coatability of the composition. Examples of the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, and the like. For details, please refer to paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, which is incorporated into this specification. Furthermore, ester solvents in which a cyclic alkyl group is substituted and ketone solvents in which a cyclic alkyl group is substituted can also be suitably used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, methylene chloride, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethylcelusacetate. , Ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone Ketone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetic acid Ester, butylcarbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropylamide, 3-butoxy-N,N -Dimethylpropamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, γ-butyrolactone, cycloterine, anisole, 1,4-diethyloxy Butane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (as aliases, diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4 -Methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, etc. However, sometimes it is better to reduce the number of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons (for example, it can be set to 50 mass based on the total amount of organic solvents). ppm (parts per million: parts per million) or less, it can be set to 10 mass ppm or less, or it can be set to 1 mass ppm or less).

在本發明中,使用金屬含量少的有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑的金屬含量例如為10質量ppb(parts per billion,十億分率)以下為較佳。可以視需要使用質量ppt(parts per trillion:兆分率)級別的有機溶劑,此類有機溶劑例如由Toyo Gosei Co.,Ltd提供(化學工業日報,2015年11月13日)。In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a small metal content. The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, for example. Organic solvents with a quality of ppt (parts per trillion: parts per trillion) level can be used as needed, and such organic solvents are provided by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Industry Daily, November 13, 2015).

作為從有機溶劑中去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如能夠舉出蒸餾(分子蒸餾、薄膜蒸餾等)或使用了過濾器之過濾。作為用於過濾之過濾器的過濾器孔徑,10μm以下為較佳,5μm以下為更佳,3μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質為聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) or filtration using a filter. The filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and further preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.

有機溶劑可以含有異構物(原子數相同,但結構不同的化合物)。又,可以僅含有1種異構物,亦可以含有複數種異構物。Organic solvents can contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, only one type of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of types of isomers may be contained.

過氧化物在有機溶劑中的含有率為0.8mmol/L以下為較佳,實質上不含過氧化物為更佳。It is preferable that the content rate of peroxide in the organic solvent is 0.8 mmol/L or less, and it is more preferable that it contains substantially no peroxide.

溶劑在著色組成物中的含量為10~95質量%為較佳。上限為92.5質量%以下為較佳,90質量%以下為更佳。下限為30質量%以上為較佳,50質量%為更佳,70質量%以上為進一步較佳,75質量%以上為更進一步較佳,80質量%以上為尤佳。The content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 92.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 90% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 30 mass% or more, more preferably 50 mass%, more preferably 70 mass% or more, still more preferably 75 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 80 mass% or more.

從環境管制的觀點而言,本發明的著色組成物實質上不含有環境管制物質為較佳。另外,在本發明中,實質上不含有環境管制物質係指著色組成物中環境管制物質的含量為50質量ppm以下,30質量ppm以下為較佳,10質量ppm以下為進一步較佳,1質量ppm以下為特佳。環境管制物質例如可舉出苯;甲苯、二甲苯等烷基苯類;氯苯等鹵化苯類等。該等在REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals,化學品註冊 評估 授權和限制)法規、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register,污染物排放與轉移登記)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds,揮發性有機化合物)法規等下被登錄為環境管制物質,使用量或操作方法被嚴格限制。有時這些化合物在製造著色組成物中使用之各成分等時被用作溶劑,並且作為殘留溶劑混入著色組成物中。從對人體的安全性、環境友好的觀點而言,盡量減少這些物質為較佳。作為減少環境管制物質之方法,可舉出對體系內進行加熱或減壓,使其達到環境管制物質的沸點以上,藉此從體系內蒸餾除去環境管制物質而減少之方法。又,當蒸餾去除少量的環境管制物質時,為了提高效率,與具有與該溶劑相同的沸點之溶劑共沸亦有用。又,當含有具有自由基聚合性之化合物時,為了抑制在減壓蒸餾去除過程中進行自由基聚合反應而導致在分子間發生交聯,可以添加聚合抑制劑等而進行減壓蒸餾去除。這些蒸餾去除方法可以在原料的階段、使原料反應而得之生成物(例如,聚合後之樹脂溶液或多官能單體溶液)的階段或混合這些化合物而製作之著色組成物的階段等中之任一階段中進行。From the viewpoint of environmental control, it is preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention contains substantially no environmentally controlled substances. In addition, in the present invention, substantially no environmentally controlled substances means that the content of environmentally controlled substances in the coloring composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, further preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and 1 mass ppm. ppm or less is particularly good. Examples of environmentally controlled substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzene such as chlorobenzene. These regulations are in compliance with REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals) regulations, PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) law, VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds, volatile organic compounds) ) is registered as an environmentally controlled substance under regulations, etc., and usage amounts and handling methods are strictly restricted. These compounds may be used as solvents when producing various components used in the coloring composition, and may be mixed into the coloring composition as residual solvents. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental friendliness, it is better to reduce these substances as much as possible. An example of a method for reducing environmentally regulated substances is to heat or depressurize the system to a temperature above the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances, thereby distilling and reducing the environmentally regulated substances from the system. In addition, when removing a small amount of environmentally controlled substances by distillation, in order to improve efficiency, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having the same boiling point as the solvent. In addition, when a compound having radical polymerizability is contained, in order to prevent cross-linking between molecules due to a radical polymerization reaction during the vacuum distillation removal process, a polymerization inhibitor or the like may be added to perform vacuum distillation removal. These distillation removal methods can be performed at the stage of raw materials, the stage of products obtained by reacting raw materials (for example, polymerized resin solutions or polyfunctional monomer solutions), or the stages of coloring compositions prepared by mixing these compounds. in any stage.

<光聚合起始劑> 本發明的著色組成物亦能夠含有光聚合起始劑。當將聚合性單體用作硬化性化合物時,本發明的著色組成物含有光聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別的限制,能夠從公知的光聚合起始劑中適當地選擇。例如,對從紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之化合物為較佳。光聚合起始劑為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。 <Photopolymerization initiator> The colored composition of the present invention can also contain a photopolymerization initiator. When a polymerizable monomer is used as the curable compound, the colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds that are photosensitive to light from the ultraviolet region to the visible region are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.

作為光聚合起始劑,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三嗪骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物等)、醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑化合物、肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點而言,光聚合起始劑為三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、六芳基雙咪唑化合物、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物及3-芳基取代香豆素化合物為較佳,選自肟化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物及醯基膦化合物中之化合物為更佳,肟化合物為進一步較佳。又,作為光聚合起始劑,可舉出日本特開2014-130173號公報的0065~0111段、日本專利第6301489號公報中記載之化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019中記載之過氧化物系光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/221177號中記載之光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/110179號中記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-043864號公報中記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-044030號公報中記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-167313號公報中記載之過氧化物系起始劑、日本特開2020-055992號公報中記載之具有㗁唑啶基之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本特開2013-190459號公報中記載之肟系光聚合起始劑、日本特開2020-172619號公報中記載之聚合物、國際公開第2020/152120號中記載之由式1表示之化合物等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbisimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic Peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, and oxidation compounds. Phosphine compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, hexaarylbisimidazole compounds, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethane compounds Preferred are ethadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds, and compounds selected from the group consisting of oxime compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds and acylphosphine compounds are more preferred, and oxime compounds are more preferred. For further better. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-130173, Japanese Patent Publication No. 6301489, and MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No. 3 , the peroxide-based photopolymerization initiator described in 2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open The photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-043864, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-044030, the peroxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-167313, Aminoacetophenone-based initiator having an oxazolidinyl group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-055992, oxime-based photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-190459, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020 The polymers described in Publication No. -172619, the compounds represented by Formula 1 described in International Publication No. 2020/152120, and the like are incorporated into this specification.

作為六芳基雙咪唑化合物的具體例,可舉出2,2’,4-三(2-氯苯基)-5-(3,4-二甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基-1,1’-聯咪唑等。Specific examples of hexaarylbisimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-di Phenyl-1,1'-biimidazole, etc.

作為α-羥基酮化合物的市售品,可舉出Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上為BASF公司製造)等。作為α-胺基酮化合物的市售品,可舉出Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上為BASF公司製造)等。作為醯基膦化合物的市售品,可舉出Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上為BASF公司製造)等。Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, and Omnirad 127 (the above products are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, and Irgacure 127 (the above products are manufactured by BASF). manufactured by the company), etc. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, and Omnirad 379EG (the above are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, and Irgacure 379EG (the above are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.). Manufactured by BASF Corporation), etc. Examples of commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (the above products are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (the above products are manufactured by BASF), and the like.

作為肟化合物,可舉出日本特開2001-233842號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,第1653-1660頁)中記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,第156-162頁)中記載之化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年,第202-232頁)中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-066385號公報中記載之化合物、日本特表2004-534797號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-019766號公報中記載之化合物、日本專利第6065596號公報中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-198865號公報中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0038段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2013/167515號中記載之化合物、日本專利第5430746號中記載之化合物、日本專利第5647738號中記載之化合物等。作為肟化合物的具體例,可舉出3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-3-環己烷基-丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-乙醯基肟)等。作為市售品,可舉出Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上為BASF公司製造)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(Tronly製造)、Adeka Optomer N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造,日本特開2012-014052號公報中記載之光聚合起始劑2)。又,作為肟化合物,使用無著色性之化合物或透明性高且不易變色之化合物亦較佳。作為市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。Examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166, and J.C.S. Perkin II ( Compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232) Compounds, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-066385, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-534797, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-019766 Compounds described in, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6065596, Compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/152153, Compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-198865 Compounds, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5430746, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5647738 Compounds etc. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetyloxyiminobutan-2-one, and 3-propyloxyiminobutan-2-one. Aminobutan-2-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentan-1-one, 2-benzylpropan-1-one Oxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1 -Phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyl oxime), etc. . Examples of commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (the above are manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by Tronly), and Adeka Optomer N-1919 (ADEKA). Photopolymerization initiator 2) manufactured by CORPORATION and described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-014052. In addition, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a non-coloring compound or a compound with high transparency and resistance to discoloration. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (the above are manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中記載之化合物、日本專利第6636081號公報中記載之化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2016-0109444號公報中記載之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine ring can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine ring include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-137466, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6636081, and the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. Recorded compounds.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少一個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為此類肟化合物的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中記載之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring serving as the skeleton of a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為具有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報中記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報中記載之化合物(C-3)等。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-500852, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013- Compound (C-3) described in Publication No. 164471, etc.

作為光聚合起始劑,能夠使用具有硝基之肟化合物。具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚體亦較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的0031~0047段、日本特開2014-137466號公報的0008~0012、0070~0079段所述之化合物、日本專利4223071號公報的0007~0025段所述之化合物、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-114249 and paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-137466, The compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開第2015/036910號所述之OE-01~OE-75。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有羥基之取代基與咔唑骨架鍵結而成之肟化合物。作為此類光聚合起始劑,可舉出國際公開第2019/088055號所述之化合物等。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such photopolymerization initiators include compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.

以下示出可較佳地用於本發明之肟化合物的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該等。Specific examples of oxime compounds that can be preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

[化學式23] [化學式24] [化學式25] [Chemical formula 23] [Chemical formula 24] [Chemical formula 25]

肟化合物為在波長350~500nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為較佳,在波長360~480nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為更佳。又,從靈敏度的觀點而言,肟化合物在波長365nm或波長405nm處的莫耳吸光係數高為較佳,1000~300000為更佳,2000~300000為進一步較佳,5000~200000為尤佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠使用公知的方法測定。例如,藉由分光光度計(Varian公司製造之Cary-5分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定為較佳。The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. In addition, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the oxime compound preferably has a high Mohr absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm, more preferably 1,000 to 300,000, further preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

作為光聚合起始劑,組合使用Irgacure OXE01(BASF公司製造)和/或Irgacure OXE02(BASF公司製造)以及Omnirad 2959(IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)亦較佳。As a photopolymerization initiator, it is also preferable to use Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and/or Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) and Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) in combination.

作為光聚合起始劑,可以使用2官能或3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑。藉由使用此類光自由基聚合起始劑,從光自由基聚合起始劑的1分子產生2個以上的自由基,因此可獲得良好的靈敏度。又,在使用了非對稱結構的化合物的情況下,結晶性下降而在溶劑等中的溶解性得以提高,隨時間變得難以析出,藉此能夠提高著色組成物的經時穩定性。作為2官能或3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑的具體例,可舉出日本特表2010-527339號公報、日本特表2011-524436號公報、國際公開第2015/004565號、日本特表2016-532675號公報的0407~0412段、國際公開第2017/033680號的0039~0055段所述之肟化合物的二聚體、日本特表2013-522445號公報所述之化合物(E)及化合物(G)、國際公開第2016/034963號所述之Cmpd1~7、日本特表2017-523465號公報的0007段所述之肟酯類光起始劑、日本特開2017-167399號公報的0020~0033段所述之光起始劑、日本特開2017-151342號公報的0017~0026段所述之光聚合起始劑(A)、日本專利第6469669號公報所述之肟酯光起始劑等。As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiator can be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound with an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity decreases and the solubility in a solvent or the like increases, making it difficult to precipitate over time, thereby improving the temporal stability of the colored composition. Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher-functional photoradical polymerization initiator include Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015/004565. The dimer of the oxime compound described in paragraphs 0407 to 0412 of Table 2016-532675, paragraphs 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, the compound (E) described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-522445, and Compound (G), Cmpd1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, oxime ester photoinitiator described in paragraph 0007 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-523465, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-167399 The photoinitiator described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033, the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-151342, the oxime ester photoinitiator described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669 starter, etc.

著色組成物的總固體成分中光聚合起始劑的含量為0.1~20質量%為較佳。下限例如為0.5質量%以上為較佳,1質量%以上為更佳。上限為15質量%以下為較佳,10質量%以下為更佳。光聚合起始劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當含有2種以上時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is, for example, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less. The number of photopolymerization initiators may be only one type, or two or more types. When two or more types are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<聚伸烷基亞胺>> 本發明的著色組成物還能夠含有聚伸烷基亞胺。聚伸烷基亞胺例如可用作顏料的分散助劑。分散助劑係指,用於提高著色組成物中顏料的分散性的材料。聚伸烷基亞胺係指開環聚合伸烷基亞胺而得之聚合物。聚伸烷基亞胺為至少具有二級胺基之聚合物為較佳。除了二級胺基之外,聚伸烷基亞胺亦可以含有一級胺基或三級胺基。聚伸烷基亞胺為具有分別含有一級胺基、二級胺基及三級胺基之支鏈結構的聚合物為較佳。伸烷基亞胺的碳數為2~6為較佳,2~4為更佳,2或3為進一步較佳,2為特佳。 <<Polyalkyleneimine>> The colored composition of the present invention may further contain polyalkyleneimine. Polyalkyleneimines can be used, for example, as dispersion aids for pigments. Dispersion aids refer to materials used to improve the dispersibility of pigments in colored compositions. Polyalkyleneimine refers to a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of alkyleneimine. The polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having at least secondary amine groups. In addition to secondary amine groups, polyalkyleneimines may also contain primary or tertiary amine groups. The polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched chain structure containing primary amine groups, secondary amine groups and tertiary amine groups respectively. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene imine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, further preferably 2 or 3, and 2 is particularly preferred.

聚伸烷基亞胺的分子量為200以上為較佳,250以上為更佳。上限為100000以下為較佳,50000以下為更佳,10000以下為進一步較佳,2000以下為特佳。另外,關於聚伸烷基亞胺的分子量的值,當能夠由結構式計算分子量時,聚伸烷基亞胺的分子量為由結構式計算之值。另一方面,當由結構式無法計算或難以計算特定胺化合物的分子量時,使用利用沸點上升法測定之數量平均分子量的值。又,當利用沸點上升法亦無法測定或難以測定時,使用利用黏度法測定之數量平均分子量的值。又,當利用黏度法亦無法測定或難以利用黏度法進行測定時,使用利用GPC(凝膠滲透層析)法測定之聚苯乙烯換算的數量平均分子量的值。The molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, and more preferably 250 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, further preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less. In addition, regarding the value of the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine, when the molecular weight can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula. On the other hand, when the molecular weight of a specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. In addition, when it is impossible or difficult to measure using the boiling point elevation method, the value of the number average molecular weight measured using the viscometry method is used. In addition, when it is impossible or difficult to measure by the viscomethod, the polystyrene-converted number average molecular weight value measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.

聚伸烷基亞胺的胺值為5mmol/g以上為較佳,10mmol/g以上為更佳,15mmol/g以上為進一步較佳。The amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and still more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.

作為伸烷基亞胺的具體例,可舉出乙烯亞胺、丙烯亞胺、1,2-丁烯亞胺、2,3-丁烯亞胺等,乙烯亞胺或丙烯亞胺為較佳,乙烯亞胺為更佳。聚伸烷基亞胺為聚乙烯亞胺為特佳。又,聚乙烯亞胺相對於一級胺基、二級胺基及三級胺基的合計含有10莫耳%以上的一級胺基為較佳,含有20莫耳%以上為更佳,含有30莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。作為聚乙烯亞胺的市售品,可舉出Epomin SP-003、SP-006、SP-012、SP-018、SP-200、P-1000(以上,NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.製造)等。Specific examples of alkyleneimine include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-buteneimine, 2,3-buteneimine, etc., and ethyleneimine or propyleneimine is preferred. , ethylene imine is better. The polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine. Furthermore, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains 10 mol% or more of primary amine groups based on the total of primary amine groups, secondary amine groups and tertiary amine groups, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and 30 mol% or more. % or more is further preferred. Commercially available polyethyleneimine products include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (the above, manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.), etc. .

著色組成物的總固體成分中聚伸烷基亞胺的含量為0.1~5質量%為較佳。下限為0.2質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上述總含量的上限為4.5質量%以下為較佳,4質量%以下為更佳,3質量%以下為進一步較佳。又,聚伸烷基亞胺的含量相對於顏料100質量份為0.5~20質量份為較佳。下限為0.6質量份以上為較佳,1質量份以上為更佳,2質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限為10質量份以下為較佳,8質量份以下為更佳。聚伸烷基亞胺可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。當使用2種以上時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.2 mass% or more, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and further preferably 1 mass% or more. The upper limit of the total content is preferably 4.5% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or less, and still more preferably 3% by mass or less. In addition, the content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and still more preferably 2 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one type of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<硬化促進劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有硬化促進劑。作為硬化促進劑,可舉出硫醇化合物、羥甲基化合物、胺化合物、鏻鹽化合物、脒鹽化合物、醯胺化合物、鹼產生劑、異氰酸酯化合物、烷氧基矽烷化合物、鎓鹽化合物等。作為硬化促進劑的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/056189號的0094~0097段中記載之化合物、日本特開2015-034963號公報的0246~0253段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-041165號公報的0186~0251段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-055114號公報中記載之離子性化合物、日本特開2012-150180號公報的0071~0080段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-253054號公報中記載之具有環氧基之烷氧基矽烷化合物、日本專利第5765059號公報的0085~0092段中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-036379號公報中記載之含有羧基之環氧硬化劑等。著色組成物的總固體成分中硬化促進劑的含量為0.3~8.9質量%為較佳,0.8~6.4質量%為更佳。 <<Harding accelerator>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a hardening accelerator. Examples of the hardening accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidine salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, onium salt compounds, and the like. Specific examples of the hardening accelerator include compounds described in paragraphs 0094 to 0097 of International Publication No. 2018/056189, compounds described in paragraphs 0246 to 0253 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-034963, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013. - Compounds described in paragraphs 0186 to 0251 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 041165, ionic compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-055114, compounds described in paragraphs 0071 to 0080 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-150180, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-150180 Alkoxysilane compound having an epoxy group described in Publication No. 2011-253054, compound described in paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 5765059, ring containing carboxyl group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-036379 Oxygen hardener, etc. The content of the hardening accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, and more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.

<<紫外線吸收劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,可舉出共軛二烯化合物、胺基二烯化合物、水楊酸酯化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯并三唑化合物、丙烯腈化合物、羥苯基三嗪化合物、吲哚化合物、三嗪化合物、二苯甲醯基等。作為此類化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2009-217221號公報的0038~0052段、日本特開2012-208374號公報的0052~0072段、日本特開2013-068814號公報的0317~0334段、日本特開2016-162946號公報的0061~0080段所述之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。作為紫外線吸收劑的具體例,可舉出下述結構的化合物等。作為紫外線吸收劑的市售品,例如可舉出UV-503(DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)、BASF公司製造的Tinuvin系列、Uvinul系列、Sumika Chemtex Company, Limited製造的Sumisorb系列等。又,作為苯并三唑化合物,可舉出MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO.,LTD.製造之MYUA系列(化學工業日報,2016年2月1日)。又,紫外線吸收劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0049~0059段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2016/181987號的0059~0076段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2020/137819號中記載之硫基芳基取代苯并三唑型紫外線吸收劑。 [化學式26] <<Ultraviolet absorber>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, and indole compounds. Indole compounds, triazine compounds, benzyl compounds, etc. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraphs 0038 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-217221, paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208374, and paragraphs 0317 to 0317 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-068814. The compounds described in paragraph 0334 and paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-162946 are incorporated into this specification. Specific examples of ultraviolet absorbers include compounds having the following structures. Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.), BASF's Tinuvin series, Uvinul series, and Sumika Chemtex Company, Limited's Sumisorb series. Examples of benzotriazole compounds include the MYUA series manufactured by MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO., LTD. (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016). In addition, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, the compounds described in paragraphs 0059 to 0076 of International Publication No. 2016/181987, and the compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/137819 can also be used. Thioaryl substituted benzotriazole type UV absorber. [Chemical formula 26]

著色組成物的總固體成分中紫外線吸收劑的含量為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.01~5質量%為更佳。紫外線吸收劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當含有2種以上時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. There may be only one type of ultraviolet absorber, or two or more types of ultraviolet absorbers. When two or more types are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,可舉出氫醌、對甲氧基苯酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、三級丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥胺鹽(銨鹽、第一鈰鹽等)。其中,對甲氧苯酚為較佳。著色組成物的總固體成分中聚合抑制劑的含量為0.0001~5質量%為較佳。聚合抑制劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當含有2種以上時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。 <<Polymerization inhibitor>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, gallic acid, tertiary butylcatechol, benzoquinone, and 4,4'-thio Bis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine salt ( Ammonium salt, first cerium salt, etc.). Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. The number of polymerization inhibitors may be only one type or two or more types. When two or more types are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<矽烷偶合劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有矽烷偶聯劑。在本說明書中,矽烷偶合劑係指具有水解性基和除其以外的官能基之矽烷化合物。又,水解性基係指與矽原子直接鍵結,並能夠藉由水解反應及縮合反應中的至少一種而產生矽氧烷鍵之取代基。作為水解性基,可舉出鹵素原子、烷氧基、醯氧基等,烷氧基為較佳。亦即,矽烷偶合劑為具有烷氧基矽基之化合物為較佳。又,作為水解性基以外的官能基,例如,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、巰基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、胺基、脲基、硫醚基、異氰酸酯基、苯基等,胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯基及環氧基為較佳。作為矽烷偶聯劑的具體例,有N-β-胺乙基-γ-胺丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造,產品名稱 KBM-602)、N-β-胺乙基-γ-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造,產品名稱 KBM-603)、N-β-胺乙基-γ-胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造,產品名稱 KBE-602)、γ-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造,產品名稱 KBM-903)、γ-胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造,產品名稱 KBE-903)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造,產品名稱 KBM-502)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造,產品名稱 KBM-503)等。又,關於矽烷偶合劑的具體例,可舉出日本特開2009-288703號公報的0018~0036段中記載之化合物、日本特開2009-242604號公報的0056~0066段中記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。著色組成物的總固體成分中矽烷偶聯劑的含量為0.01~15.0質量%為較佳,0.05~10.0質量%為更佳。矽烷偶聯劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當含有2種以上時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。 <<Silane Coupling Agent>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. In this specification, a silane coupling agent refers to a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group. In addition, the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond through at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, and the like, with an alkoxy group being preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, (meth)acrylyl groups, mercapto groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, and amino groups. Urea group, thioether group, isocyanate group, phenyl group, etc. are preferred, and amino group, (meth)acrylyl group and epoxy group are preferred. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., product name: KBM-602), N -β-Aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., product name KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyltriethyl Oxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., product name KBE-602), γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., product name KBM-903), γ-Aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., product name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., product name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., product name KBM-503), etc. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-288703, and compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-242604. and other contents are incorporated into this manual. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0 mass%, and more preferably 0.05 to 10.0 mass%. There may be only one type of silane coupling agent, or two or more types of silane coupling agents. When two or more types are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<界面活性劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面活性劑、陰離子性界面活性劑、聚矽氧系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。界面活性劑為聚矽氧系界面活性劑或氟系界面活性劑為較佳。關於界面活性劑,能夠參閱國際公開第2015/166779號的0238~0245段所述之界面活性劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。 <<Surfactant>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and polysiloxane-based surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a polysiloxane-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant. Regarding surfactants, please refer to the surfactants described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

作為氟系界面活性劑,可舉出日本特開2014-041318號公報的0060~0064段(對應之國際公開第2014/017669號的0060~0064段)等中記載之界面活性劑、日本特開2011-132503號公報的0117~0132段中記載之界面活性劑、日本特開2020-008634號公報中記載之界面活性劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如,可舉出MEGAFACE F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、R-41、R-41-LM、RS-43、R-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、FLUORAD FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、SURFLON S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為AGC INC.製造)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.製造)、Futurgent 208G、215M、245F、601AD、601ADH2、602A、610FM、710FL、710FM、710FS、FTX-218(以上為NEOS COMPANY LIMITED製造)等。Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (corresponding to paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of International Publication No. 2014/017669), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014/017669, etc. The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of Publication No. 2011-132503 and the surfactants described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-008634 are incorporated into this specification. Examples of commercially available fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F -144, F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F -560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, R-41 , R-41-LM, RS-43, R-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation), FLUORAD FC430, FC431, FC171 (The above are manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), SURFLON S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 ( The above are manufactured by AGC INC.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (the above are manufactured by OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.), Futurgent 208G, 215M, 245F, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 610FM, 710FL, 710FM, 710FS, FTX -218 (the above are manufactured by NEOS COMPANY LIMITED), etc.

氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物具有包含含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且在加熱時含有氟原子之官能基的部分被切斷而氟原子揮發。作為此類氟系界面活性劑,可舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日)),例如可舉出MEGAFACE DS-21。It is also preferable to use an acrylic compound as the fluorine-based surfactant. The acrylic compound has a molecular structure including a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heated, the part of the functional group containing the fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom is volatilized. . Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include the MEGAFACE DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)). Examples include MEGAFACE DS-21.

氟系界面活性劑使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子乙烯基醚化合物與親水性乙烯基醚化合物的聚合物亦較佳。此類氟系界面活性劑可舉出日本特開2016-216602號公報所述之氟系界面活性劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。It is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorine-based surfactant. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include the fluorine-based surfactants described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated in this specification.

氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用嵌段聚合物。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物含有:源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元;及源自具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為乙烯氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元。又,日本特開2010-032698號公報的0016~0037段所述之含氟界面活性劑、下述化合物亦作為本發明中使用之氟系界面活性劑而例示。 [化學式27] 上述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3000~50000,例如為14000。上述化合物中,表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。 Block polymers can also be used as fluorine-based surfactants. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer compound can preferably be used. The fluorine-containing polymer compound contains: a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom; and a fluorine-containing polymer compound derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having 2 or more ( The repeating unit of a (meth)acrylate compound is preferably an alkyleneoxy group (preferably 5 or more) (preferably an vinyloxy group or a propyleneoxy group). In addition, the fluorine-containing surfactant described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention. [Chemical formula 27] The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. In the above compounds, the percentage expressed as the proportion of repeating units is molar %.

又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用在側鏈具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之含氟聚合物。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段所述之化合物、由DIC Corporation製造MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等。又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的0015~0158段中記載之化合物。Furthermore, a fluorine-containing polymer having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and 0289 to 0295 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-164965, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, and RS-72 manufactured by DIC Corporation. -K et al. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-117327 can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.

又,從環境管制的觀點而言,將國際公開第2020/084854號中記載之界面活性劑用作具有碳數6以上的全氟烷基之界面活性劑的替代物亦較佳。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of environmental control, it is also preferable to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/084854 as a substitute for the surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group with a carbon number of 6 or more.

又,將由式(fi-1)表示之含氟醯亞胺鹽化合物用作界面活性劑亦較佳。 [化學式28] 式(fi-1)中,m表示1或2,n表示1~4的整數,a表示1或2,X a+表示a價金屬離子、一級銨離子、二級銨離子、三級銨離子、四級銨離子或NH 4 +Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imine salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) as a surfactant. [Chemical formula 28] In formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer from 1 to 4, a represents 1 or 2, X a+ represents a-valent metal ion, primary ammonium ion, secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, Quaternary ammonium ion or NH 4 + .

作為非離子系界面活性劑,可舉出丙三醇(glycerol)、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,丙三醇丙氧基化物、丙三醇乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製造)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製造)、SOLSPERSE 20000(Japan Lubrizol Corporation製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerolpropane Oxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl Phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitol fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), SOLSPERSE 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Corporation), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN D- 6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), OLFIN E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), etc.

作為聚矽氧系界面活性劑,可舉出DOWSIL SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上為BYK-Chemie GmbH製造)等。Examples of polysilicone-based surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (the above are manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF- 4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (the above are manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (the above are manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (the above are manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH), etc.

又,聚矽氧系界面活性劑亦能夠使用下述結構的化合物。 [化學式29] Moreover, the compound of the following structure can also be used as a polysiloxane surfactant. [Chemical formula 29]

著色組成物的總固體成分中界面活性劑的含量為0.001質量%~5.0質量%為較佳,0.005~3.0質量%為更佳。界面活性劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當含有2種以上時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The surfactant content in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001 mass% to 5.0 mass%, and more preferably 0.005 to 3.0 mass%. The number of surfactants may be only one type or two or more types. When two or more types are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<抗氧化劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有抗氧化劑。作為抗氧化劑,可舉出酚系抗氧化劑、胺系抗氧化劑、磷系抗氧化劑、硫系抗氧化劑等。作為酚系抗氧化劑,可舉出受阻酚化合物。酚系抗氧化劑為在與酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為前述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代之烷基為較佳。又,抗氧化劑為在同一分子內具有酚基和亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-三級丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺、亞磷酸乙基雙(2,4-二-三級丁基-6-甲基苯基)等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如,可舉出ADEKA STAB AO-20、ADEKA STAB AO-30、ADEKA STAB AO-40、ADEKA STAB AO-50、ADEKA STAB AO-50F、ADEKA STAB AO-60、ADEKA STAB AO-60G、ADEKA STAB AO-80、ADEKA STAB AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0023~0048段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/006600號中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164024號中記載之化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2019-0059371號公報中記載之化合物。著色組成物的總固體成分中抗氧化劑的含量為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.3~15質量%為更佳。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。當使用2種以上時,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。 <<Antioxidants>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant. Examples of antioxidants include phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, and the like. Examples of phenolic antioxidants include hindered phenol compounds. The phenolic antioxidant is preferably a compound having a substituent at the position adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group (ortho position). As the substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. Moreover, it is also preferable that the antioxidant is a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. Moreover, as an antioxidant, a phosphorus-type antioxidant can also be suitably used. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2] Dioxaphosphineheterocycloheptadien-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tertiary butyldibenzo[d,f] [1,3,2]dioxaphosphineheterocycloheptadien-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, ethyl bis(2,4-di-tertiary butyl-6-methyl phosphite) phenyl) etc. Examples of commercially available antioxidants include ADEKA STAB AO-20, ADEKA STAB AO-30, ADEKA STAB AO-40, ADEKA STAB AO-50, ADEKA STAB AO-50F, ADEKA STAB AO-60, and ADEKA STAB AO-60G, ADEKA STAB AO-80, ADEKA STAB AO-330 (the above are manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), etc. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, and Korean Patent Publication can also be used as antioxidants. Compounds described in Publication No. 10-2019-0059371. The antioxidant content in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass%, and more preferably 0.3 to 15 mass%. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<其他成分>> 本發明的著色組成物可以視需要含有增感劑、硬化促進劑、填料、熱硬化促進劑、可塑劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電性粒子、消泡劑、阻燃劑、調平劑、剝離促進劑、香料、表面張力調節劑、鏈轉移劑等)。藉由適當地含有該等成分,能夠調節膜物理性質等性質。關於該等成分,例如,能夠參閱日本特開2012-003225號公報的0183段以後(對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的0237段)的記載、日本特開2008-250074號公報的0101~0104、0107~0109段等的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。又,本發明的著色組成物可視需要含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出如下化合物:作為抗氧化劑發揮作用之部位被保護基保護且藉由以100~250℃加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒存在下以80~200℃加熱而保護基脫離並作為抗氧化劑發揮作用。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號公報所述之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑的市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。 <<Other ingredients>> The colored composition of the present invention may optionally contain sensitizers, hardening accelerators, fillers, thermal hardening accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliaries (for example, conductive particles, defoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents , peeling accelerators, spices, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, film physical properties and other properties can be adjusted. Regarding these components, for example, the descriptions of paragraphs 0183 and onwards of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-003225 (corresponding to paragraph 0237 of the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), and the descriptions of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-250074 The descriptions in paragraphs 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. are incorporated into this manual. In addition, the colored composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant if necessary. Examples of potential antioxidants include compounds in which a site functioning as an antioxidant is protected by a protective group and the protective group is detached by heating at 100 to 250°C or heating at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/alkali catalyst. and acts as an antioxidant. Examples of potential antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-008219. Examples of commercially available latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

為了調整所獲得之膜的折射率,本發明的著色組成物可以含有金屬氧化物。作為金屬氧化物,可舉出TiO 2、ZrO 2、Al 2O 3、SiO 2等。金屬氧化物的一次粒徑為1~100nm為較佳,3~70nm為更佳,5~50nm為進一步較佳。金屬氧化物可以具有核殼結構。又,此時,核部可以為中空狀。 In order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film, the colored composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide. Examples of metal oxides include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , SiO 2 and the like. The primary particle diameter of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and further preferably 5 to 50 nm. Metal oxides can have a core-shell structure. In addition, at this time, the core part may be hollow.

本發明的著色組成物可以含有耐光性改善劑。作為耐光性改善劑,可舉出日本特開2017-198787號公報的0036~0037段中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-146350號公報的0029~0034段中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-129774號公報的0036~0037段、0049~0052段中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-129674號公報的0031~0034段、0058~0059段中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-122803號公報的0036~0037段、0051~0054段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0039段中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-186546號公報的0034~0047段中記載之化合物、日本特開2015-025116號公報的0019~0041段中記載之化合物、日本特開2012-145604號公報的0101~0125段中記載之化合物、日本特開2012-103475號公報的0018~0021段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-257591號公報的0015~0018段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-191483號公報的0017~0021段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-145668號公報的0108~0116段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-253174號公報的0103~0153段中記載之化合物等。The colored composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improving agent. Examples of the light resistance improving agent include compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-198787, compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-146350, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-146350. Compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 and 0049 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 129774, compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0034 and paragraphs 0058 to 0059 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-129674, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-122803 Compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 and 0051 to 0054, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0039 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0047 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-186546, Japan Compounds described in paragraphs 0019 to 0041 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-025116, compounds described in paragraphs 0101 to 0125 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-145604, and compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0021 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-103475 Compounds, compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0018 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-257591, compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0021 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-191483, and compounds described in paragraphs 0108 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-145668 Compounds described in paragraph 0116, compounds described in paragraphs 0103 to 0153 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-253174, and the like.

本發明的著色組成物實質上不含有對苯二甲酸酯亦較佳。在此,“實質上不含有”係指對苯二甲酸酯的含量在著色組成物的總量中為1000質量ppb以下,100質量ppb以下為更佳,零為特佳。It is also preferred that the colored composition of the present invention contains substantially no terephthalate. Here, "substantially does not contain" means that the content of terephthalate ester in the total amount of the coloring composition is 1000 mass ppb or less, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, and zero is particularly preferably.

從環境管制的觀點而言,有時全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽的使用受限制。在本發明的著色組成物中,當降低上述化合物的含有率時,全氟烷基磺酸(特別全氟烷基的碳數為6~8的全氟烷基磺酸)及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸(特別全氟烷基的碳數為6~8的全氟烷基羧酸)及其鹽的含有率相對於著色組成物的總固體成分在0.01ppb~1,000ppb的範圍內為較佳,在0.05ppb~500ppb的範圍內為更佳,在0.1ppb~300ppb的範圍內為進一步較佳。本發明的著色組成物可以實質上不含有全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽。例如可以藉由使用可代替全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽之化合物、以及可代替全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽之化合物,選擇實質上不含有全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽之著色組成物。作為可代替管制化合物之化合物,例如可舉出由於全氟烷基的碳數的差異而被排除在管制對象之外的化合物。其中,上述內容不妨礙全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽的使用。本發明的著色組成物可以在最大允許範圍內含有全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽。From the viewpoint of environmental regulation, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be restricted. In the colored composition of the present invention, when the content rate of the above compounds is reduced, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (especially perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid with a perfluoroalkyl group having 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salts, and The content of perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (especially perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid with a perfluoroalkyl group having 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salt is 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition. The range is preferably within the range, the range from 0.05ppb to 500ppb is more preferred, and the range from 0.1ppb to 300ppb is still more preferred. The colored composition of the present invention may not contain substantially perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, by using compounds that can replace perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salts, and compounds that can replace perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids and its salts, it is possible to select substantially no perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salts, and Colored compositions of perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acids and their salts. Examples of compounds that can replace the regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from the regulatory targets due to differences in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salts. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts within the maximum allowable range.

本發明的著色組成物的含水率通常為3質量%以下,0.01~1.5質量%為較佳,0.1~1.0質量%的範圍為更佳。含水率能夠利用Karl Fischer方法進行測定。The moisture content of the colored composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. Moisture content can be measured using the Karl Fischer method.

本發明的著色組成物能夠以調整膜面狀(平坦性等)、膜厚等為目的而調整黏度來使用。黏度的值可以視需要適當選擇,但例如在25℃下0.3mPa·s~50mPa·s為較佳,0.5mPa·s~20mPa·s為更佳。作為黏度的測定方法,例如能夠使用錐板型黏度計並且在將溫度調整為25℃的狀態下進行測定。The colored composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface shape (flatness, etc.), film thickness, etc. The value of viscosity can be appropriately selected as needed, but for example, at 25°C, 0.3 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s is preferred, and 0.5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s is more preferred. As a method of measuring viscosity, for example, a cone-plate viscometer can be used and the temperature can be measured with the temperature adjusted to 25°C.

<<收容容器>> 作為著色組成物的收容容器,並無特別的限制,能夠使用公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料、著色組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層的樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、將6種樹脂設為7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為此類容器,例如,可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中記載之容器。又,容器內壁以防止金屬從容器內壁溶出、提高著色組成物的保存穩定性或抑制成分變質等為目的,設為玻璃製造,不鏽鋼製等亦較佳。 <<Container>> There is no particular restriction on the container for storing the coloring composition, and a known container can be used. In addition, as a storage container, in order to prevent impurities from being mixed into raw materials and coloring compositions, it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle with an inner wall composed of six types of six-layer resins or a bottle with a seven-layer structure using six types of resins. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351. In addition, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing elution of metal from the inner wall of the container, improving the storage stability of the coloring composition, or suppressing deterioration of components.

<著色組成物之製備方法> 本發明的著色組成物能夠藉由混合前述成分來製備。當製備著色組成物時,可以將所有成分同時溶解和/或分散於溶劑中而製備著色組成物,亦可以視需要將各成分適當地製成2個以上的溶液或分散液,並且在使用時(塗佈時)混合該等而製備著色組成物。 <Preparation method of coloring composition> The colored composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the aforementioned components. When preparing a coloring composition, all the components can be dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the coloring composition, or each component can be appropriately prepared into two or more solutions or dispersions as necessary, and when used These are mixed (at the time of coating) to prepare a colored composition.

又,當製備著色組成物時,包括使顏料分散之製程為較佳。在顏料分散製程中,作為用於分散顏料的機械力,可舉出壓縮、擠壓、衝擊、剪斷、孔蝕等。作為該等製程的具體例,可舉出珠磨、砂磨、輥磨、球磨、塗料攪拌、微射流、高速葉輪、混砂、噴流混合、高壓濕式微粒化、超音波分散等。又,在砂磨機(珠磨機)中粉碎顏料時,在藉由使用直徑小的微珠,增加微珠的填充率等而提高粉碎效率之條件下進行處理為較佳。又,粉碎處理後,藉由過濾、離心分離等去除粗粒子為較佳。又,關於分散顏料之製程及分散機,能夠較佳地使用“分散技術大全,JOHOKIKO CO.,LTD.發行,2005年7月15日”或“以懸浮液(固體/液體分散體系)為中心之分散技術與工業上的實際應用 綜合資料集,經營開發中心出版部發行,1978年10月10日”、日本特開2015-157893號公報的0022段中記載之製程及分散機。又,在分散顏料之製程中,可以藉由鹽磨步驟進行粒子的微細化處理。例如,在鹽磨步驟中使用之材料、機器、處理條件等能夠參閱日本特開2015-194521號公報、日本特開2012-046629號公報的記載。作為分散中使用之微珠的材料,可舉出二氧化鋯、瑪瑙、石英、二氧化鈦、鎢鋼、氮化矽、礬土、不鏽鋼及玻璃。又,微珠亦能夠使用莫氏硬度為2以上的無機化合物。組成物中可以含有1~10000ppm的上述微珠。Moreover, when preparing a colored composition, it is preferable to include the process of dispersing a pigment. In the pigment dispersion process, examples of mechanical forces used to disperse pigments include compression, extrusion, impact, shearing, pitting, and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead milling, sand milling, roller milling, ball milling, paint stirring, micro-jet flow, high-speed impeller, sand mixing, jet mixing, high-pressure wet micronization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In addition, when grinding the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to perform the treatment under conditions that improve grinding efficiency by using microbeads with small diameters, increasing the filling rate of microbeads, etc. In addition, after the grinding process, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, etc. In addition, regarding the process and dispersing machine for dispersing pigments, it is better to use the "Encyclopedia of Dispersion Technology, published by JOHOKIKO CO., LTD., July 15, 2005" or "Centering on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System)" "A Comprehensive Data Collection of Dispersion Technology and Industrial Applications, published by the Publishing Department of the Business Development Center, October 10, 1978" and the process and dispersion machine described in paragraph 0022 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-157893. In addition, in the process of dispersing pigments, the particles can be refined through a salt grinding step. For example, the materials, machines, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt grinding step can be found in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-194521 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-046629. Examples of materials for microbeads used for dispersion include zirconium dioxide, agate, quartz, titanium dioxide, tungsten steel, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel and glass. In addition, an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used as the microbeads. The composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the above-mentioned microbeads.

當製備著色組成物時,以去除雜質、減少缺陷等為目的,用過濾器過濾著色組成物為較佳。作為過濾器,只要為一直以來用於過濾用途等之過濾器,則能夠不受特別限制地使用。例如可舉出使用聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)、聚偏二氟乙烯(PVDF)等氟樹脂、尼龍(例如尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6)等聚醯胺樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包括高密度、超高分子量的聚烯烴樹脂)等材料之過濾器。在該等材料之中,聚丙烯(包括高密度聚丙烯)及尼龍為較佳。When preparing a colored composition, it is preferable to filter the colored composition with a filter for the purpose of removing impurities, reducing defects, etc. As a filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration purposes and the like can be used without particular restrictions. Examples include the use of fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyamide resins such as nylon (for example, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyethylene, polypropylene ( PP) and other polyolefin resins (including high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyolefin resins) and other materials. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.

過濾器的孔徑為0.01~7.0μm為較佳,0.01~3.0μm為更佳,0.05~0.5μm為進一步較佳。只要過濾器的孔徑在上述範圍內,則能夠更確實地去除微細的異物。關於過濾器的孔徑值,能夠參照過濾器廠商的標稱值。關於過濾器,能夠使用由Nihon Pall Ltd.(DFA4201NXEY、DFA4201NAEY、DFA4201J006P等)、Advantec Toyo Kaisha,Ltd.、Nihon Entegris K.K.(Formerly Nippon Mykrolis Corporation)及KITZ MICROFILTER Corporation等提供之各種過濾器。The pore diameter of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and further preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. As long as the pore size of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. Regarding the pore size of the filter, you can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As for the filter, various filters provided by Nihon Pall Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantec Toyo Kaisha, Ltd., Nihon Entegris K.K. (Formerly Nippon Mykrolis Corporation), KITZ MICROFILTER Corporation, etc. can be used.

又,作為過濾器,使用纖維狀濾材亦較佳。作為纖維狀濾材,例如可舉出聚丙烯纖維、尼龍纖維、玻璃纖維等。作為市售品,可舉出ROKI TECHNO CO.,LTD.製造之SBP型系列(SBP008等)、TPR型系列(TPR002、TPR005等)、SHPX型系列(SHPX003等)。在使用過濾器時,可以組合不同的過濾器(例如,第1過濾器和第2過濾器等)。此時,使用各過濾器之過濾可以僅進行1次,亦可以進行2次以上。又,可以在上述範圍內組合不同孔徑的過濾器。又,亦可以僅對分散液進行用第1過濾器的過濾,在混合其他成分之後,用第2過濾器進行過濾。並且,能夠依據著色組成物的親疏水性而適當選擇過濾器。In addition, it is also preferable to use a fibrous filter material as the filter. Examples of fibrous filter materials include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber, and the like. Commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by ROKI TECHNO CO., LTD. When using filters, you can combine different filters (e.g. 1st filter and 2nd filter, etc.). At this time, filtration using each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed two or more times. Furthermore, filters with different pore sizes can be combined within the above range. Alternatively, only the dispersion may be filtered with the first filter, and the other components may be mixed and then filtered with the second filter. Furthermore, the filter can be appropriately selected depending on the hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity of the coloring composition.

<膜> 本發明的膜為從上述本發明的著色組成物獲得之膜。本發明的膜能夠使用於濾色器等。具體而言,能夠較佳地用作濾色器的著色像素,更具體而言,能夠較佳地用作濾色器的綠色像素。 <Membrane> The film of the present invention is a film obtained from the coloring composition of the present invention described above. The film of the present invention can be used for color filters and the like. Specifically, it is a colored pixel which can be suitably used as a color filter, and more specifically, it is a green pixel which can be suitably used as a color filter.

本發明的膜的膜厚能夠依據目的而適當調整,但0.1~20μm為較佳。膜厚的上限為10μm以下為較佳,5μm以下為更佳,3μm以下為進一步較佳,1.5μm以下為特佳。膜厚的下限為0.2μm以上為較佳,0.3μm以上為更佳。The film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted depending on the purpose, but is preferably 0.1 to 20 μm. The upper limit of the film thickness is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, further preferably 3 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.2 μm or more, and more preferably 0.3 μm or more.

<膜之製造方法> 本發明的膜能夠通過將本發明的著色組成物塗佈於支撐體之步驟而製造。膜之製造方法中,進一步包括形成圖案(像素)之步驟。作為圖案(像素)的形成方法,可舉出光微影法、乾式蝕刻法,光微影法為較佳。 <Membrane manufacturing method> The film of the present invention can be produced by applying the colored composition of the present invention to a support. The manufacturing method of the film further includes the step of forming patterns (pixels). Examples of methods for forming patterns (pixels) include photolithography and dry etching, with photolithography being preferred.

基於光微影法之圖案形成包括使用本發明的著色組成物在支撐體上形成著色組成物層之步驟、將著色組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光之步驟及顯影去除著色組成物層的未曝光部而形成圖案(像素)之步驟為較佳。可以依據需要設置烘烤著色組成物層之步驟(預烘烤步驟)及烘烤顯影後之圖案(像素)之步驟(後烘烤步驟)。Pattern formation based on photolithography includes the steps of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition of the present invention, exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern, and developing to remove unexposed parts of the colored composition layer. The step of forming patterns (pixels) is better. The step of baking the coloring composition layer (pre-baking step) and the step of baking the developed pattern (pixel) (post-baking step) can be set as needed.

在形成著色組成物層之步驟中,使用本發明的著色組成物在支撐體上形成著色組成物層。作為支撐體,並無特別的限制,能夠依據用途適當選擇。例如可舉出玻璃基板、矽基板等,矽基板為較佳。又,矽基板上可以形成有電荷耦合元件(CCD)、互補金屬氧化膜半導體(CMOS)、透明導電膜等。又,有時在矽基板上還形成有隔離各像素之黑矩陣。又,為了與上部層的密接性改善、物質的擴散防止或基板表面的平坦化,亦可以在矽基板上設置基底層。基底層可以使用從本說明書中記載之著色組成物去除著色劑而得之組成物或、含有本說明書記載之樹脂、聚合性化合物及界面活性劑等之組成物等來形成。當以二碘甲烷進行測定時,基底層的表面接觸角為20~70°為較佳。又,當以水進行測定時,30~80°為較佳。In the step of forming the colored composition layer, the colored composition layer of the present invention is used to form the colored composition layer on the support. The support body is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the use. Examples include glass substrates, silicon substrates, and the like, and silicon substrates are preferred. In addition, a charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. can be formed on the silicon substrate. In addition, sometimes a black matrix is formed on the silicon substrate to isolate each pixel. In addition, a base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate for the purpose of improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing substance diffusion, or flattening the substrate surface. The base layer can be formed using a composition obtained by removing the colorant from the colored composition described in this specification, or a composition containing a resin, a polymerizable compound, a surfactant, etc. described in this specification. When measured with diiodomethane, the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70°. In addition, when measuring with water, 30 to 80° is preferred.

作為著色組成物的塗佈方法,能夠使用公知的方法。例如,可舉出滴加法(滴鑄);狹縫塗佈法;噴霧法;輥塗法;旋轉塗佈法(旋塗);流延塗佈法;狹縫旋塗法;預濕法(例如,日本特開2009-145395號公報所述之方法);噴墨(例如按需方式、壓電方式、熱方式)、噴嘴噴射等噴出系印刷、柔版印刷、網版印刷、凹版印刷、逆轉偏移印刷、金屬遮罩印刷等各種印刷法;使用模具等之轉印法;奈米壓印法等。作為噴墨中的應用方法並無特別限定,例如可舉出“噴墨的拓展、使用-專利中出現之無限可能性-,2005年2月發行,Sumitbe Techon Research Co.,Ltd.”所示之方法(尤其第115頁~第133頁)或日本特開2003-262716號公報、日本特開2003-185831號公報、日本特開2003-261827號公報、日本特開2012-126830號公報、日本特開2006-169325號公報等中記載之方法。又,關於著色組成物的塗佈方法,能夠參閱國際公開第2017/030174號、國際公開第2017/018419號的記載,這些內容被編入本說明書中。As a coating method of the coloring composition, a known method can be used. Examples include dropping method (drip casting); slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method (spin coating); cast coating method; slit spin coating method; prewet method ( For example, the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-145395); inkjet (for example, drop-on-demand method, piezoelectric method, thermal method), nozzle jet printing, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, Various printing methods such as reverse offset printing and metal mask printing; transfer printing methods using molds, etc.; nanoimprinting methods, etc. There are no particular limitations on the application method of inkjet. For example, "Expansion and Usage of Inkjet - Infinite Possibilities Appeared in Patents -", published in February 2005, Sumitbe Techon Research Co., Ltd. method (especially pages 115 to 133) or Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-262716, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-185831, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-261827, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-126830, Japan The method described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-169325, etc. In addition, regarding the coating method of the coloring composition, the descriptions of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

形成於支撐體上之著色組合物層可以進行乾燥(預烘烤)。當利用低溫製程製造膜時,亦可以不進行預烘烤。進行預烘烤時,預烘烤溫度為150℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳,110℃以下為進一步較佳。下限例如能夠設為50℃以上,亦能夠設為80℃以上。預烘烤時間為10~300秒為較佳,40~250秒為更佳,80~220秒為進一步較佳。預烘烤能夠利用加熱板、烘箱等來進行。The coloring composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When the film is manufactured using a low-temperature process, pre-baking does not need to be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and further preferably 110°C or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or higher, or 80°C or higher. The prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and further preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a heating plate, oven, etc.

接著,將著色組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光(曝光步驟)。例如,使用步進曝光機、掃描曝光機等,隔著具有規定遮罩圖案之遮罩,對著色組成物層進行曝光,藉此能夠以圖案狀進行曝光。藉此,能夠硬化曝光部分。Next, the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, a stepper exposure machine, a scanning exposure machine, or the like is used to expose the coloring composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern, whereby the coloring composition layer can be exposed in a pattern. Thereby, the exposed portion can be hardened.

作為能夠在曝光時使用之放射線(光),可舉出g射線、i射線等。又,亦能夠使用波長300nm以下的光(較佳為波長180~300nm的光)。作為波長300nm以下的光,可舉出KrF射線(波長248nm)、ArF射線(波長193nm)等,KrF射線(波長248nm)為較佳。又,亦能夠利用300nm以上的長波長的光源。Examples of radiation (light) that can be used during exposure include g-rays, i-rays, and the like. In addition, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), and KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm) are preferred. In addition, a long-wavelength light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.

又,在曝光時,可以連續照射光而進行曝光,亦可以實施脈衝式照射而進行曝光(脈衝曝光)。另外,脈衝曝光係指以短時間(例如,毫秒級以下)為週期,反覆進行光的照射和暫停而進行曝光之方式的曝光方法。In addition, during exposure, light may be continuously irradiated for exposure, or pulse irradiation may be performed for exposure (pulse exposure). In addition, pulse exposure refers to an exposure method in which light is irradiated and paused repeatedly to perform exposure in a short period of time (for example, milliseconds or less).

例如,照射量(曝光量)為0.03~2.5J/cm 2為較佳,0.05~1.0J/cm 2為更佳。曝光時的氧濃度能夠適當選擇,除了在大氣下進行以外,例如亦可以在氧濃度為19體積%以下的低氧環境下(例如,15體積%、5體積%或實質上無氧)進行曝光,亦可以在氧濃度超過21體積%之高氧環境下(例如,22體積%、30體積%或50體積%)進行曝光。又,曝光照度能夠適當設定,通常能夠選自1000W/m 2~100000W/m 2(例如,5000W/m 2、15000W/m 2或35000W/m 2)的範圍。氧濃度和曝光照度的條件可以適當組合,例如能夠設為氧濃度為10體積%且照度為10000W/m 2、氧濃度為35體積%且照度為20000W/m 2等。 For example, the irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , and more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . The oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected. In addition to performing the exposure in the atmosphere, for example, the exposure can also be performed in a low-oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially no oxygen). , it can also be exposed in a high oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21 volume % (for example, 22 volume %, 30 volume % or 50 volume %). In addition, the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000W/m 2 to 100000W/m 2 (for example, 5000W/m 2 , 15000W/m 2 or 35000W/m 2 ). The conditions of oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance can be appropriately combined. For example, the oxygen concentration can be 10 volume % and the illuminance is 10000 W/m 2 , the oxygen concentration can be 35 volume % and the illuminance is 20000 W/m 2 , etc.

接著,顯影去除著色組成物層的未曝光部而形成圖案(像素)。能夠使用顯影液,進行著色組成物層的未曝光部的顯影去除。藉此,曝光步驟中的未曝光部的著色組成物層在顯影液中溶出,僅殘留光硬化之部分。例如,顯影液的溫度為20~30℃為較佳。顯影時間為20~180秒為較佳。又,為了提高殘渣去除性,可以反覆進行複數次每隔60秒甩掉顯影液,進一步供給新的顯影液之步驟。Next, the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer is removed by development to form a pattern (pixel). The unexposed portion of the colored composition layer can be removed by development using a developing solution. Thereby, the colored composition layer in the unexposed portion in the exposure step is dissolved in the developer, and only the photohardened portion remains. For example, the temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to improve the residue removal performance, the step of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying new developer may be repeated several times.

顯影液可舉出有機溶劑、鹼顯影液等,可較佳地使用鹼顯影液。作為鹼顯影液,用純水稀釋鹼劑而得之鹼性水溶液(鹼顯影液)為較佳。作為鹼劑,例如可舉出氨、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、二乙二醇胺、二乙醇胺、羥基胺、乙二胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化乙基三甲基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、氫氧化二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等有機鹼性化合物或者氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等無機鹼性化合物。從環境方面及安全方面而言,鹼劑為分子量大的化合物為較佳。鹼性水溶液的鹼劑的濃度為0.001~10質量%為較佳,0.01~1質量%為更佳。又,顯影液可以進一步含有界面活性劑。從便於運輸、保管等觀點而言,顯影液可以先製造成濃縮液而在使用時將其稀釋至所需濃度。稀釋倍率並無特別限定,例如能夠設定在1.5~100倍的範圍內。又,顯影之後用純水進行清洗(沖洗)亦較佳。又,如下進行沖洗為較佳:一邊使形成有顯影後的著色組成物層之支撐體旋轉,一邊向顯影後的著色組成物層供給沖洗液。又,藉由使噴出沖洗液之噴嘴從支撐體的中心部向支撐體的周緣部移動來進行亦較佳。此時,使噴嘴從支撐體中心部向周緣部移動時,可以使噴嘴逐漸降低移動速度的同時移動。藉由如此進行沖洗,能夠抑制沖洗的面內不均。又,使噴嘴從支撐體中心部向周緣部移動的同時逐漸降低支撐體的轉速亦可獲得相同的效果。Examples of the developer include organic solvents, alkali developers, and the like, and an alkali developer is preferably used. As an alkali developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting an alkali agent with pure water is preferred. Examples of the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diethylene glycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and tetraethyl hydroxide. Ammonium, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, bile Alkali, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene and other organic basic compounds or sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, silicon Inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. From an environmental and safety perspective, it is better for the alkaline agent to be a compound with a large molecular weight. The concentration of the alkali agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Moreover, the developer may further contain a surfactant. From the viewpoint of ease of transportation, storage, etc., the developer can be first produced as a concentrated solution and then diluted to a required concentration when used. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of 1.5 to 100 times, for example. In addition, it is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Furthermore, it is preferable to perform rinsing by supplying a rinsing liquid to the developed colored composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed colored composition layer is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle that sprays the rinse liquid from the center of the support body to the peripheral edge of the support body. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the center part of the support body to the peripheral part, the nozzle may be moved while gradually reducing the moving speed. By performing flushing in this manner, in-plane unevenness of flushing can be suppressed. In addition, the same effect can also be obtained by gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support body while moving the nozzle from the center part of the support body to the peripheral part.

顯影之後,在實施乾燥之後進行追加曝光處理、加熱處理(後烘烤)為較佳。追加曝光處理、後烘烤為用於使其完全硬化之顯影後的硬化處理。例如,後烘烤中的加熱溫度為100~240℃為較佳,200~240℃為更佳。為了達到上述條件,能夠使用加熱板或對流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以連續式或間歇式,對顯影後的膜進行後烘烤。進行追加曝光處理時,用於曝光之光為波長400nm以下的光為較佳。又,追加曝光處理可以藉由韓國公開專利第10-2017-0122130號公報所述之方法進行。After development, it is preferable to perform additional exposure processing and heat processing (post-baking) after drying. The additional exposure process and post-baking are hardening processes after development for complete hardening. For example, the heating temperature in post-baking is preferably 100 to 240°C, and more preferably 200 to 240°C. In order to achieve the above conditions, heating mechanisms such as heating plates, convection ovens (hot air circulation dryers), and high-frequency heating machines can be used to post-bake the developed film in a continuous or intermittent manner. When performing additional exposure processing, it is preferable that the light used for exposure is light with a wavelength of 400 nm or less. In addition, the additional exposure process can be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.

利用乾式蝕刻法之圖案形成包括使用本發明的著色組成物在支撐體上形成著色組成物層並且硬化該著色組成物層整體而形成硬化物層之步驟、在該硬化物層上形成光阻層之步驟、在將光阻層以圖案狀進行曝光後,進行顯影而形成光阻圖案之步驟及將該光阻圖案作為遮罩並使用蝕刻氣體對硬化物層進行乾式蝕刻之步驟為較佳。在光阻層的形成中,進一步實施預烘烤處理為較佳。特別期望作為光阻層的形成製程,實施曝光後的加熱處理、顯影後的加熱處理(後烘烤處理)之形態。關於利用乾式蝕刻法之圖案形成,能夠參閱日本特開2013-064993號公報的0010~0067段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。Pattern formation by dry etching includes the steps of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition of the present invention, curing the entire colored composition layer to form a hardened material layer, and forming a photoresist layer on the hardened material layer. Preferably, the steps are: after exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern, developing it to form a photoresist pattern; and using the photoresist pattern as a mask and using etching gas to dry-etch the hardened material layer. In the formation of the photoresist layer, it is better to further perform a pre-baking process. In particular, it is desirable to perform a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment after development (post-baking treatment) as the photoresist layer formation process. Regarding pattern formation using the dry etching method, please refer to paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-064993, which content is incorporated into this specification.

<濾色器> 本發明的濾色器具有上述本發明的膜。濾色器作為其著色像素具有本發明的膜為較佳,作為綠色像素具有本發明的膜為更佳。 <Color filter> The color filter of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above. It is preferable that the color filter has the film of the present invention as its colored pixels, and it is more preferable that it has the film of the present invention as its green pixels.

本發明的濾色器可以進一步具有與本發明的膜(像素)不同的像素(以下,亦稱為其他像素)。作為其他像素,例如可舉出紅色像素、藍色像素、黃色像素、青色像素、紫紅色像素、透明像素、黑色像素、近紅外線透過濾波器的像素等。The color filter of the present invention may further have pixels (hereinafter also referred to as other pixels) different from the film (pixel) of the present invention. Examples of other pixels include red pixels, blue pixels, yellow pixels, cyan pixels, magenta pixels, transparent pixels, black pixels, and pixels with a near-infrared ray transmitting filter.

在本發明的濾色器中,本發明的膜的膜厚能夠依據目的而適當調整。膜厚為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,5μm以下為進一步較佳。膜厚的下限為0.1μm以上為較佳,0.2μm以上為更佳,0.3μm以上為進一步較佳。In the color filter of the present invention, the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted depending on the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and further preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and still more preferably 0.3 μm or more.

濾色器中含有之像素的寬度為0.3~20.0μm為較佳。下限為0.4μm以上為較佳,0.5μm以上為更佳。上限為10.0μm以下為較佳,5.0μm以下為更佳,2.0μm以下為進一步較佳,1.0μm以下為更進一步較佳。又,像素的楊氏係數為0.5~20GPa為較佳,2.5~15GPa為更佳。The width of the pixels included in the color filter is preferably 0.3 to 20.0 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more, and more preferably 0.5 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 10.0 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, further preferably 2.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 1.0 μm or less. In addition, the Young's coefficient of the pixel is preferably 0.5 to 20 GPa, and more preferably 2.5 to 15 GPa.

濾色器中含有之各像素具有高平坦性為較佳。具體而言,像素的表面粗糙度Ra為100nm以下為較佳,40nm以下為更佳,15nm以下為進一步較佳。下限不受限制,但例如為0.1nm以上為較佳。像素的表面粗糙度例如能夠使用Veeco Instruments Inc.製造的AFM(原子力顯微鏡) Dimension3100來進行測定。又,像素上的水的接觸角能夠適當地設定為較佳值,但典型地為50~110°的範圍。接觸角例如能夠使用接觸角計CV-DT·A型(Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.製造)來進行測定。又,像素的體積電阻值高為較佳。具體而言,像素的體積電阻值為10 9Ω·cm以上為較佳,10 11Ω·cm以上為更佳。上限不受限制,但例如為10 14Ω·cm以下為較佳。像素的體積電阻值例如能夠使用超高電阻計5410(Advantest Corporation製造) 來進行測定。 It is preferable that each pixel included in the color filter has high flatness. Specifically, the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and further preferably 15 nm or less. The lower limit is not limited, but for example, it is preferably 0.1 nm or more. The surface roughness of a pixel can be measured using AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco Instruments Inc., for example. In addition, the contact angle of water on the pixel can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50 to 110°. The contact angle can be measured, for example, using a contact angle meter CV-DT·A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). In addition, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 10 9 Ω·cm or more, and more preferably 10 11 Ω·cm or more. The upper limit is not limited, but for example, it is preferably 10 14 Ω·cm or less. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using, for example, Ultra High Resistance Meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest Corporation).

在濾色器中,可以在本發明的膜的表面設置保護層。藉由設置保護層,能夠賦予阻氧化、低反射化、親疏水化、特定波長的光(紫外線、近紅外線等)的遮蔽等各種作用。作為保護層的厚度,0.01~10μm為較佳,0.1~5μm為更佳。作為保護層的形成方法,可舉出塗佈保護層形成用的組成物而形成之方法、化學氣相蒸鍍法、利用接著劑貼附所成形之樹脂之方法等。作為構成保護層之成分,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、烯-硫醇樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚苯樹脂、聚伸芳基醚氧化膦樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、環狀烯烴樹脂、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、多元醇樹脂、聚偏二氯乙烯樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、胺酯樹脂、醯胺樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、醇酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、改性聚矽氧樹脂、氟樹脂、聚丙烯腈樹脂、纖維素樹脂、Si、C、W、Al 2O 3、Mo、SiO 2、Si 2N 4等,亦可以含有這些成分中的二種以上。例如,當為以阻氧化為目的的保護層時,保護層含有多元醇樹脂、SiO 2及Si 2N 4為較佳。又,當為以低反射化為目的的保護層時,保護層含有(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂及氟樹脂為較佳。 In the color filter, a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film of the present invention. By providing a protective layer, various effects can be provided, such as oxidation resistance, low reflection, hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of specific wavelengths (ultraviolet, near-infrared, etc.). The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. Examples of methods for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a composition for forming a protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, a method of attaching a molded resin using an adhesive, and the like. Examples of components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polystyrene resin, polyetherstyrene resin, and polyphenylene resin. Polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamide imide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin , melamine resin, urethane resin, amide resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified polysiloxane resin, fluorine resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , etc. may also contain two or more of these components. For example, when it is a protective layer for the purpose of preventing oxidation, it is preferable that the protective layer contains polyol resin, SiO 2 and Si 2 N 4 . Moreover, when it is a protective layer for the purpose of low reflection, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluororesin.

保護層可以視需要含有有機·無機微粒、特定波長的光(例如,紫外線、近紅外線等)的吸收劑、折射率調節劑、抗氧化劑、黏附劑、界面活性劑等添加劑。作為有機·無機微粒的例子,例如可舉出高分子微粒(例如,矽酮樹脂微粒、聚苯乙烯微粒、三聚氰胺樹脂微粒)、氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鋯、氧化銦、氧化鋁、氮化鈦、氧氮化鈦、氟化鎂、中空二氧化矽、二氧化矽、碳酸鈣、硫酸鋇等。特定波長的光的吸收劑能夠使用公知的吸收劑。這些添加劑的含量能夠適當調整,但相對於保護層的總質量為0.1~70質量%為較佳,1~60質量%為進一步較佳。The protective layer may optionally contain additives such as organic and inorganic fine particles, absorbers for light of specific wavelengths (for example, ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesives, and surfactants. Examples of organic and inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (for example, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, nitride Titanium, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silicon dioxide, silicon dioxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, etc. As an absorber for light of a specific wavelength, a known absorber can be used. The content of these additives can be adjusted appropriately, but 0.1 to 70 mass % relative to the total mass of the protective layer is more preferred, and 1 to 60 mass % is further more preferred.

又,作為保護層,亦能夠使用日本特開2017-151176號公報的0073~0092段中記載之保護層。In addition, as the protective layer, the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-151176 can also be used.

濾色器亦可以具有如下結構:在藉由隔壁分隔成例如方格狀之空間嵌入有各像素。The color filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space divided by partition walls into, for example, a grid shape.

<固體攝像元件> 本發明的固體攝像元件具有上述本發明的膜。作為固體攝像元件的結構,只要為作為固體攝像元件發揮作用之構成,則並無特別的限定,例如可舉出以下結構。 <Solid-state imaging device> The solid-state imaging element of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above. The structure of the solid-state imaging element is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging element. Examples thereof include the following structures.

在基板上具有構成固體攝像元件(CCD(電荷耦合元件)影像感測器、CMOS(互補金屬氧化膜半導體)影像感測器等)的受光區域之複數個光二極體及包括多晶矽等之傳輸電極,在光二極體及傳輸電極上具有僅光二極體的受光部開口之遮蔽膜,在遮蔽膜上具有以覆蓋遮蔽膜整體及光二極體受光部之方式形成之由氮化矽等形成之元件保護膜,在元件保護膜上具有濾色器之結構。進一步,亦可以為在元件保護膜上且在濾色器的下方(靠近基板側)具有聚光機構(例如,微透鏡等。以下相同)之結構或在濾色器上具有聚光機構之結構等。又,濾色器亦可以具有如下結構:在藉由隔壁分隔成例如方格狀之空間嵌入有各著色像素。此時的隔壁的折射率比各著色像素低為較佳。作為具有此類結構之攝像裝置的例子,可舉出日本特開2012-227478號公報、日本特開2014-179577號公報、國際公開第2018/043654號中記載之裝置。又,如日本特開2019-211559號公報中所示那樣,可以在固體攝像元件的結構內設置紫外線吸收層而改善耐光性。具備本發明的固體攝像元件之攝像裝置除了數位相機或具有攝像功能之電子機器(移動電話等)之外亦能夠用作車載相機或監視相機。On the substrate, there are a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light-receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD (Charge Coupled Device) image sensor, CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Film Semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) and a transmission electrode including polycrystalline silicon. , having a shielding film with only the light-receiving part of the photodiode opening on the photodiode and the transmission electrode, and having an element made of silicon nitride or the like formed to cover the entire shielding film and the light-receiving part of the photodiode on the shielding film The protective film has a color filter structure on the element protective film. Furthermore, a structure in which a light condensing mechanism (for example, a microlens, etc.; the same applies to the following) is provided on the element protective film and below the color filter (closer to the substrate side) or a structure in which a light condensing mechanism is provided on the color filter may be used. wait. Furthermore, the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space divided by partition walls into a grid shape, for example. At this time, it is preferable that the refractive index of the partition wall is lower than that of each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-227478, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-179577, and International Publication No. 2018/043654. Furthermore, as shown in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-211559, an ultraviolet absorbing layer can be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve the light resistance. The imaging device including the solid-state imaging element of the present invention can be used as a vehicle-mounted camera or a surveillance camera in addition to a digital camera or an electronic device (mobile phone, etc.) with an imaging function.

<圖像顯示裝置> 本發明的圖像顯示裝置具有上述本發明的膜。作為圖像顯示裝置,可舉出液晶顯示裝置、有機電致發光顯示裝置等。關於圖像顯示裝置的定義或各圖像顯示裝置的詳細內容,例如記載於“電子顯示裝置(佐佐木昭夫著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1990年發行)”、“顯示裝置(伊吹順章著,Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1989年發行)”等。又,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“下一代液晶顯示技術(內田龍男編輯,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1994年發行)”。能夠應用本發明之液晶顯示裝置並無特別的限制,例如能夠應用於上述“下一代液晶顯示技術”所述之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 [實施例] <Image display device> The image display device of the present invention includes the film of the present invention described above. Examples of image display devices include liquid crystal display devices, organic electroluminescence display devices, and the like. The definition of an image display device or the details of each image display device are described in, for example, "Electronic Display Devices (by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1990)" and "Display Devices (Jun Ibuki)" Chapter book, Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co., Ltd., released in 1989)" and so on. Further, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited. For example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology". [Example]

以下,舉出實施例對本發明更具體地進行說明。以下實施例中所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等,只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則能夠適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。另外,以下所示之結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,iPr表示異丙基,t-Bu表示三級丁基,Ac表示乙醯基。Hereinafter, an Example is given and this invention is demonstrated more concretely. Materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, Me in the structural formula shown below represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, iPr represents an isopropyl group, t-Bu represents a tertiary butyl group, and Ac represents an acetyl group.

<合成例1> 按照以下合成圖示,合成了化合物PPB-A-5。 <Synthesis example 1> Compound PPB-A-5 was synthesized according to the following synthesis diagram.

[化學式30] [Chemical formula 30]

(中間體1的合成) 在氮環境下,向三口燒瓶添加異丁醯乙酸乙酯500g、丙酮3000mL、碘化鉀61.17g、碳酸鉀458.66g、氯乙酸乙酯387.33g,並在加熱回流下攪拌了10小時。將該反應液冷卻至10℃以下並進行過濾,用丙酮1000mL潤洗,然後用蒸發器濃縮濾液,藉此獲得了772.09g的中間體1。 (Synthesis of Intermediate 1) In a nitrogen environment, 500 g of isobutyl ethyl acetate, 3000 mL of acetone, 61.17 g of potassium iodide, 458.66 g of potassium carbonate, and 387.33 g of ethyl chloroacetate were added to the three-necked flask, and the mixture was stirred under heating and reflux for 10 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to 10° C. or lower, filtered, rinsed with 1000 mL of acetone, and the filtrate was concentrated with an evaporator to obtain 772.09 g of Intermediate 1.

(中間體2的合成) 在氮環境下,向三口燒瓶添加772.09g的中間體1、1827g的乙酸銨、1544mL的乙酸,並在加熱回流下攪拌了2小時。將該反應液冷卻至25℃,添加6176mL的蒸餾水,然後在冰冷且5℃以下的條件下攪拌了30分鐘。將該反應液進行過濾,並用蒸餾水1081mL進行了潤洗。將所獲得之結晶及811mL的己烷添加到三口燒瓶中,並在空氣下攪拌1小時,然後過濾並用540mL的己烷潤洗,將所獲得之結晶在50℃下送風乾燥12小時,藉此獲得了284.2g的中間體2(產率45.6%)。 1H-NMR(CDCl 3):δ=1.20(d、J=7.0Hz、6H)、1.29(t、J=7.1Hz、3H)、3.30(s、2H)、3.91(sep、J=7.0Hz、1H)、4.19(q、J=7.1Hz、2H)、8.82(s、1H) (Synthesis of Intermediate 2) In a nitrogen environment, 772.09 g of Intermediate 1, 1827 g of ammonium acetate, and 1544 mL of acetic acid were added to a three-necked flask, and the mixture was stirred under heating and reflux for 2 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to 25°C, 6176 mL of distilled water was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes under ice-cooling conditions of 5°C or less. The reaction liquid was filtered and rinsed with 1081 mL of distilled water. Add the obtained crystals and 811 mL of hexane to a three-necked flask and stir in the air for 1 hour. Then filter and rinse with 540 mL of hexane. The obtained crystals are air-dried at 50°C for 12 hours. 284.2 g of intermediate 2 was obtained (yield 45.6%). 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ): δ=1.20 (d, J=7.0Hz, 6H), 1.29 (t, J=7.1Hz, 3H), 3.30 (s, 2H), 3.91 (sep, J=7.0Hz , 1H), 4.19 (q, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 8.82 (s, 1H)

(化合物1的合成) 在氮環境下,向三口燒瓶中添加165g的中間體2、107.12g的鄰甲苯腈、759mL的三級戊醇,然後將三級丁氧基鈉241.19g用三級戊醇66mL洗滌的同時添加,並在外溫135℃下加熱回流攪拌了3.5小時。將該反應液冷卻至40℃,並在40℃以下依序添加1518mL的甲醇、1518mL的蒸餾水、150.71g的乙酸,然後在25℃下攪拌了20分鐘。將該反應液進行過濾,用甲醇1320mL潤洗,然後將所獲得之結晶在50℃下進行12小時的送風乾燥,獲得了66.83g的化合物1(產率29.8%)。 1H-NMR(重DMSO(二甲基亞碸)):δ=1.30(d、J=6.9Hz、6H)、2.44(s、3H)、2.90(sep、J=6.9Hz、1H)、7.26-7.42(m、3H)、7.53(m、1H)、10.49(s、2H) (Synthesis of compound 1) In a nitrogen environment, add 165g of intermediate 2, 107.12g of o-toluonitrile, and 759 mL of tertiary amyl alcohol to a three-necked flask, and then add 241.19 g of tertiary sodium butoxide with tertiary pentyl alcohol. 66 mL of alcohol was added while washing, and the mixture was heated to reflux at an external temperature of 135°C and stirred for 3.5 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to 40°C, and 1518 mL of methanol, 1518 mL of distilled water, and 150.71 g of acetic acid were sequentially added below 40° C., and then stirred at 25° C. for 20 minutes. The reaction solution was filtered, rinsed with 1320 mL of methanol, and the obtained crystals were air-dried at 50°C for 12 hours to obtain 66.83 g of compound 1 (yield 29.8%). 1 H-NMR (heavy DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide)): δ=1.30 (d, J=6.9Hz, 6H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.90 (sep, J=6.9Hz, 1H), 7.26 -7.42 (m, 3H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 10.49 (s, 2H)

(化合物2的合成) 參考國際公開第2003/106455號第60頁的Procedure C的方法合成了化合物2。 (Synthesis of compound 2) Compound 2 was synthesized by referring to the method of Procedure C on page 60 of International Publication No. 2003/106455.

(化合物3的合成) 在氮環境下,向三口燒瓶添加45.0g的化合物1、55.62g的化合物2、945mL的甲苯,並在加熱回流下將甲苯蒸餾去除了45mL。將該反應液冷卻至95℃,並保持在90~95℃的範圍內的同時添加154.28g的氧氯化磷,然後在加熱回流下攪拌了2小時。將該反應液冷卻至20℃,並保持在20℃~30℃的範圍內的同時添加乙酸乙酯2025mL、蒸餾水2025mL,進行了分液操作。將有機層用硫酸鎂進行乾燥,然後藉由過濾濾除硫酸鎂,用蒸發器濃縮了濾液。向所獲得之殘渣中添加甲醇675mL,在25℃下攪拌30分鐘,將所析出之結晶過濾並用甲醇225mL進行潤洗,並將所獲得之結晶在50℃下進行12小時的送風乾燥,藉此獲得了8.10g的化合物3(產率9.5%)。 1H-NMR(CDCl 3):δ=1.57(d、6H)、2.49(s、3H)、4.25(sep、J=6.8Hz、1H)、7.28-7.58(m、4H)、7.76(s、2H)、12.78(m、1H)、13.01(m、1H) (Synthesis of Compound 3) In a nitrogen atmosphere, 45.0 g of compound 1, 55.62 g of compound 2, and 945 mL of toluene were added to a three-necked flask, and 45 mL of toluene was distilled under heating and reflux. The reaction liquid was cooled to 95°C, and while maintaining the temperature in the range of 90 to 95°C, 154.28 g of phosphorus oxychloride was added, and the mixture was stirred under heating and reflux for 2 hours. The reaction liquid was cooled to 20°C, and while maintaining the temperature in the range of 20°C to 30°C, 2025 mL of ethyl acetate and 2025 mL of distilled water were added to perform liquid separation. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, and then the magnesium sulfate was filtered off by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated with an evaporator. Add 675 mL of methanol to the obtained residue, stir for 30 minutes at 25°C, filter the precipitated crystals and rinse with 225 mL of methanol, and air-dry the obtained crystals at 50°C for 12 hours. 8.10 g of compound 3 was obtained (yield 9.5%). 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ): δ=1.57 (d, 6H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 4.25 (sep, J=6.8Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.58 (m, 4H), 7.76 (s, 2H), 12.78 (m, 1H), 13.01 (m, 1H)

(化合物PPB-A-5的合成) 在氮環境下,向三口燒瓶中添加3.0g的化合物3、7.26g的氯鄰苯二酚硼烷、30mL的甲苯,將7.60g的二異丙基乙胺用3.0mL的甲苯洗滌的同時添加。將該反應液在60℃下攪拌10分鐘,然後冷卻至20℃,並保持在10℃~20℃的範圍內的同時添加甲醇60mL,在20℃下攪拌了10分鐘。將所析出之結晶過濾並用30mL的甲醇進行潤洗,將所獲得之粗產物溶解於氯仿並用矽膠管柱層析法(氯仿)純化,獲得了0.50g的化合物PPB-A-5(產率11.4%)。 1H-NMR(CDCl 3):δ=1.47(d、J=7.2Hz、3H)、1.48(d、J=7.2Hz、3H)、2.31(s、3H)、3.05(m、1H)、6.32-6.36(m、2H)、6.55-6.58(m、2H)、6.84-7.08(m、8H)、7.55(s、2H) (Synthesis of compound PPB-A-5) In a nitrogen environment, 3.0 g of compound 3, 7.26 g of chlorocatecholborane, and 30 mL of toluene were added to a three-necked flask, and 7.60 g of diisopropyl ethyl was added. The amine was added while washing with 3.0 mL of toluene. The reaction solution was stirred at 60°C for 10 minutes, and then cooled to 20°C. While maintaining the temperature in the range of 10°C to 20°C, 60 mL of methanol was added, and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 10 minutes. The precipitated crystals were filtered and rinsed with 30 mL of methanol. The obtained crude product was dissolved in chloroform and purified by silicone column chromatography (chloroform) to obtain 0.50 g of compound PPB-A-5 (yield 11.4 %). 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ): δ=1.47 (d, J=7.2Hz, 3H), 1.48 (d, J=7.2Hz, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 6.32 -6.36 (m, 2H), 6.55-6.58 (m, 2H), 6.84-7.08 (m, 8H), 7.55 (s, 2H)

<分散液之製造> 混合下述表中記載之材料,然後添加直徑0.3mm的二氧化鋯微珠230質量份,使用塗料攪拌器進行5小時的分散處理,並將微珠過濾分離而製造分散液。 <Manufacture of dispersion> The materials described in the following table were mixed, and then 230 parts by mass of zirconium dioxide microbeads with a diameter of 0.3 mm were added, and a dispersion process was performed for 5 hours using a paint stirrer, and the microbeads were separated by filtration to prepare a dispersion.

[表1]    著色劑 著色劑 顏料衍生物 分散劑 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 分散液1 PPB-A-1 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液2 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-2 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液3 PPB-A-3 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-3 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液4 PPB-A-4 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-4 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-1 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 S-5 61.80 20.70 分散液5 PPB-A-5 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-5 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液6 PPB-A-6 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-6 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-1 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液7 PPB-A-7 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-7 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液8 PPB-A-8 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-8 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液9 PPB-A-9 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-9 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液10 PPB-A-10 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-10 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 S-2 61.80 20.70 分散液11 PPB-A-11 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-11 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液12 PPB-A-12 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-12 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 S-3 61.80 20.70 分散液13 PPB-A-13 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液14 PPB-A-14 632 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液15 PPB-A-15 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-2 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液16 PPB-A-16 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液17 PPB-A-17 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-2 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液18 PPB-A-18 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-13 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液19 PPB-A-19 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-5 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液20 PPB-A-20 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-5 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 [表2]    著色劑 著色劑 顏料衍生物 分散劑 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 分散液21 PPB-A-13 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-4 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液22 PPB-A-13 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-5 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液23 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液24 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY129 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 S-4 61.80 20.70 分散液25 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY138 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液26 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY139 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液27 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY185 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液28 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY150 PY139 1.65 1.00 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 分散液29 PPB-A-2 PG36 5.00 1.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 0.95 0.58 D-2 D-3 4.75 2.25 S-1 82.50 分散液30 PPB-A-2 PG58 5.00 1.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 0.95 0.58 D-2 D-3 4.75 2.25 S-1 82.50 分散液31 PPB-A-2 PG63 5.00 1.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 0.95 0.58 D-2 D-3 4.75 2.25 S-1 82.50 分散液32 PPB-A-2 8.96 - - PPB-B-1 1.70 D-2 8.51 S-1 82.50 分散液33 PPB-A-2 PG36 7.09 1.87 - - PPB-B-1 b-1 1.35 0.40 D-2 D-3 6.73 1.76 S-1 80.80 分散液101 PG36 3.00 PY150 6.00 b-1 1.30 D-3 5.10 S-1 84.60 分散液102 - - PY150 9.00 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 86.50 分散液103 - - PY129 9.00 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 S-4 61.80 20.70 分散液104 - - PY138 9.00 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 86.50 分散液105 - - PY139 9.00 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 86.50 分散液106 - - PY185 9.00 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 86.50 分散液107 - - PY150 PY139 5.60 3.40 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 86.50 分散液C1 a-1 6.32 PY150 2.65 b-1 0.33 D-3 1.00 S-1 89.70 分散液C2 a-1 8.96 - - - - - - S-1 91.04 [Table 1] Colorants Colorants Pigment derivatives dispersant Solvent Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Dispersion 1 PPB-A-1 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 2 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-2 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 3 PPB-A-3 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-3 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 4 PPB-A-4 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-4 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-1 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 S-5 61.80 20.70 Dispersion 5 PPB-A-5 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-5 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 6 PPB-A-6 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-6 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-1 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 7 PPB-A-7 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-7 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 8 PPB-A-8 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-8 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 9 PPB-A-9 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-9 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 10 PPB-A-10 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-10 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 S-2 61.80 20.70 Dispersion 11 PPB-A-11 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-11 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 12 PPB-A-12 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-12 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 S-3 61.80 20.70 Dispersion 13 PPB-A-13 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 14 PPB-A-14 632 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 15 PPB-A-15 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-2 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 16 PPB-A-16 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 17 PPB-A-17 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-2 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 18 PPB-A-18 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-13 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 19 PPB-A-19 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-5 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 20 PPB-A-20 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-5 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 [Table 2] Colorants Colorants Pigment derivatives dispersant Solvent Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Dispersion 21 PPB-A-13 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-4 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 22 PPB-A-13 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-5 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 23 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 24 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY129 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 S-4 61.80 20.70 Dispersion 25 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY138 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 26 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY139 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 27 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY185 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 28 PPB-A-2 6.32 PY150 PY139 1.65 1.00 PPB-B-1 b-1 1.20 0.33 D-2 D-3 6.00 1.00 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 29 PPB-A-2 PG36 5.00 1.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 0.95 0.58 D-2 D-3 4.75 2.25 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 30 PPB-A-2 PG58 5.00 1.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 0.95 0.58 D-2 D-3 4.75 2.25 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 31 PPB-A-2 PG63 5.00 1.32 PY150 2.65 PPB-B-1 b-1 0.95 0.58 D-2 D-3 4.75 2.25 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 32 PPB-A-2 8.96 - - PPB-B-1 1.70 D-2 8.51 S-1 82.50 Dispersion 33 PPB-A-2 PG36 7.09 1.87 - - PPB-B-1 b-1 1.35 0.40 D-2 D-3 6.73 1.76 S-1 80.80 Dispersion 101 PG36 3.00 PY150 6.00 b-1 1.30 D-3 5.10 S-1 84.60 Dispersion 102 - - PY150 9.00 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 86.50 Dispersion 103 - - PY129 9.00 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 S-4 61.80 20.70 Dispersion 104 - - PY138 9.00 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 86.50 Dispersion 105 - - PY139 9.00 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 86.50 Dispersion 106 - - PY185 9.00 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 86.50 Dispersion 107 - - PY150 PY139 5.60 3.40 b-1 1.12 D-3 3.38 S-1 86.50 Dispersion C1 a-1 6.32 PY150 2.65 b-1 0.33 D-3 1.00 S-1 89.70 Dispersion C2 a-1 8.96 - - - - - - S-1 91.04

顯示上述分散液的配方之表中的用縮寫表示之材料的詳細內容如下所述。The details of the materials represented by abbreviations in the table showing the formulation of the above-mentioned dispersion liquid are as follows.

(著色劑) PPB-A-1~PPB-A-20:下述結構的化合物(綠色著色劑) [化學式31] [化學式32] [化學式33] PG36:C.I.顏料綠36(酞菁化合物、綠色顏料) PG58:C.I.顏料綠58(酞菁化合物、綠色顏料) PG63:C.I.顏料綠63(酞菁化合物、綠色顏料) a-1:下述結構的化合物(綠色著色劑) [化學式34] PY129:C.I.顏料黃129(甲亞胺化合物、黃色顏料) PY138:C.I.顏料黃138(喹啉黃化合物、黃色顏料) PY139:C.I.顏料黃139(異吲哚啉化合物、黃色顏料) PY150:C.I.顏料黃150(偶氮化合物、黃色顏料) PY185:C.I.顏料黃185(異吲哚啉化合物、黃色顏料) (Coloring agent) PPB-A-1 to PPB-A-20: Compounds with the following structures (green coloring agent) [Chemical Formula 31] [Chemical formula 32] [Chemical formula 33] PG36: CI Pigment Green 36 (phthalocyanine compound, green pigment) PG58: CI Pigment Green 58 (phthalocyanine compound, green pigment) PG63: CI Pigment Green 63 (phthalocyanine compound, green pigment) a-1: The following structure Compound (green colorant) [Chemical Formula 34] PY129: CI Pigment Yellow 129 (formimine compound, yellow pigment) PY138: CI Pigment Yellow 138 (quinoline yellow compound, yellow pigment) PY139: CI Pigment Yellow 139 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment) PY150: CI Pigment Yellow 150 (Azo compound, yellow pigment) PY185: CI Pigment Yellow 185 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)

(顏料衍生物) PPB-B-1~PPB-B-13:下述結構的化合物 b-1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式35] [化學式36] [化學式37] [化學式38] (Pigment Derivatives) PPB-B-1 to PPB-B-13: Compounds with the following structures b-1: Compounds with the following structures [Chemical Formula 35] [Chemical formula 36] [Chemical formula 37] [Chemical formula 38]

(分散劑) D-1:下述結構的樹脂(標註於主鏈之數值為莫耳比,標註於側鏈之數值表示重複單元數。重量平均分子量38900、酸值99.1mgKOH/g) D-2:下述結構的樹脂(標註於主鏈之數值為莫耳比,標註於側鏈之數值為重複單元數。重量平均分子量21000、酸值36.0mgKOH/g、胺值47.0mgKOH/g) D-3:下述結構的樹脂(標註於主鏈之數值為莫耳比,標註於側鏈之數值為重複單元數。重量平均分子量24000) D-4:下述結構的樹脂(標註於主鏈之數值為莫耳比,標註於側鏈之數值為重複單元數。重量平均分子量16000) D-5:下述結構的樹脂(重量平均分子量9000,標註於主鏈之數值為莫耳比,標註於側鏈之數值表示重複單元數。) [化學式39] (Dispersant) D-1: Resin with the following structure (the value marked on the main chain is the molar ratio, and the value marked on the side chain indicates the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 38900, acid value 99.1mgKOH/g) D- 2: Resin with the following structure (the value marked on the main chain is the molar ratio, and the value marked on the side chain is the number of repeating units. The weight average molecular weight is 21000, the acid value is 36.0 mgKOH/g, and the amine value is 47.0 mgKOH/g) D -3: Resin with the following structure (the value marked on the main chain is the molar ratio, and the value marked on the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight: 24000) D-4: Resin of the following structure (the value marked on the main chain is the number of repeating units) The numerical value is molar ratio, and the numerical value marked on the side chain is the number of repeating units. The weight average molecular weight is 16000) D-5: Resin of the following structure (the weight average molecular weight is 9000, the numerical value marked on the main chain is molar ratio, marked The numerical value on the side chain indicates the number of repeating units.) [Chemical Formula 39]

(溶劑) S-1:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 S-2:丙二醇單甲醚 S-3:環戊酮 S-4:環己酮 S-5:苯甲醚 (solvent) S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether S-3: cyclopentanone S-4: cyclohexanone S-5: Anisole

<著色組成物之製造> 混合下述表中記載之材料並進行攪拌,然後用孔徑0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製造)過濾而製造著色組成物。 <Manufacture of coloring composition> The materials described in the following table were mixed and stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm to produce a coloring composition.

[表3]    分散劑 黏合劑 聚合性化合物 光聚合起始劑 界面活性劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 實施例1 分散液1 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例2 分散液2 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例3 分散液3 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例4 分散液4 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例5 分散液5 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例6 分散液6 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例7 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例8 分散液8 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例9 分散液9 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例10 分散液10 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例11 分散液11 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例12 分散液12 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例13 分散液13 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例14 分散液14 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例15 分散液15 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例16 分散液16 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例17 分散液17 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例18 分散液18 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例19 分散液19 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例20 分散液20 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例21 分散液21 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例22 分散液22 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例23 分散液23 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例24 分散液24 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例25 分散液25 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例26 分散液26 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例27 分散液27 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例28 分散液28 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例29 分散液29 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例30 分散液30 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例31 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例32 分散液7 82.70 D-6 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例33 分散液7 82.70 D-7 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例34 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-2 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例35 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-3 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例36 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 M-2 0.95 0.95 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例37 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-1 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例38 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-2 0.65 W-2 0.139 [表4]    聚合抑制劑 紫外線吸收劑 抗氧化劑 環氧化合物 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 實施例1 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例2 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例3 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例4 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例5 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例6 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例7 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例8 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例9 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例10 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例11 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例12 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例13 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例14 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例15 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例16 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例17 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例18 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例19 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例20 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例21 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例22 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 S-2 9.20 4.60 實施例23 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例24 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 S-4 10.35 3.45 實施例25 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例26 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例27 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例28 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例29 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例30 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例31 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例32 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例33 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例34 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例35 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例36 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例37 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例38 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 [table 3] dispersant adhesive polymeric compound Photopolymerization initiator surfactant Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Example 1 Dispersion 1 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 2 Dispersion 2 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 3 Dispersion 3 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 4 Dispersion 4 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 5 Dispersion 5 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 6 Dispersion 6 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 7 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 8 Dispersion 8 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 9 Dispersion 9 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 10 Dispersion 10 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 11 Dispersion 11 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 12 Dispersion 12 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 13 Dispersion 13 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 14 Dispersion 14 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 15 Dispersion 15 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 16 Dispersion 16 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 17 Dispersion 17 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 18 Dispersion 18 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 19 Dispersion 19 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 20 Dispersion 20 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 21 Dispersion 21 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 22 Dispersion 22 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 23 Dispersion 23 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 24 Dispersion 24 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 25 Dispersion 25 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 26 Dispersion 26 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 27 Dispersion 27 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 28 Dispersion 28 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 29 Dispersion 29 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 30 Dispersion 30 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 31 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 32 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-6 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 33 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-7 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 34 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-2 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 35 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-3 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 36 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 M-2 0.95 0.95 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 37 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-1 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 38 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-2 0.65 W-2 0.139 [Table 4] polymerization inhibitor UV absorber Antioxidants Epoxy compound Solvent Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Example 1 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 2 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 3 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 4 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 5 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 6 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 7 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 8 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 9 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 10 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 11 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 12 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 13 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 14 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 15 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 16 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 17 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 18 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 19 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 20 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 21 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 22 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 S-2 9.20 4.60 Example 23 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 24 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 S-4 10.35 3.45 Example 25 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 26 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 27 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 28 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 29 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 30 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 31 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 32 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 33 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 34 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 35 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 36 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 37 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 38 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80

[表5]    分散液 黏合劑 聚合性化合物 光聚合起始劑 界面活性劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 實施例39 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-4 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例40 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-5 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例41 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-1 C-3 0.40 0.25 W-2 0.139 實施例42 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-1 0.139 實施例43 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-1 W-2 0.07 0.069 實施例44 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-1 0.139 實施例45 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例46 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.137 實施例47 分散液7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-l 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.137 實施例48 分散液1 分散液7 41.35 41.35 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例49 分散液32 分散液101 46.15 36.55 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例50 分散液32 分散液102 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例51 分散液32 分散液103 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例52 分散液32 分散液104 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例53 分散液32 分散液105 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例54 分散液32 分散液106 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例55 分散液32 分散液107 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 實施例56 分散液32 分散液104 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 比較例1 分散液C1 82.69 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 比較例2 分散液C2 分散液106 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 [表6]    聚合抑制劑 紫外線吸收劑 抗氧化劑 環氧化合物 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 實施例39 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例40 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例41 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例42 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例43 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例44 H-1 0.001 V-2 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例45 H-1 0.001 - 0 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例46 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 I-1 0.002 - - S-1 13.80 實施例47 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - E-1 0.002 S-1 13.80 實施例48 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例49 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例50 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - -    - S-1 13.80 實施例51 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 S-4 10.35 3.45 實施例52 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例53 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例54 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例55 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 實施例56 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 比較例1 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 比較例2 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 [table 5] Dispersions adhesive polymeric compound Photopolymerization initiator surfactant Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Example 39 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-4 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 40 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-5 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 41 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-1 C-3 0.40 0.25 W-2 0.139 Example 42 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-1 0.139 Example 43 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-1 W-2 0.07 0.069 Example 44 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-1 0.139 Example 45 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 46 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.137 Example 47 Dispersion 7 82.70 D-3 0.53 Ml 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.137 Example 48 Dispersion 1 Dispersion 7 41.35 41.35 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 49 Dispersion 32 Dispersion 101 46.15 36.55 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 50 Dispersion 32 Dispersion 102 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 51 Dispersion 32 Dispersion 103 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 52 Dispersion 32 Dispersion 104 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 53 Dispersion 32 Dispersion 105 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 54 Dispersion 32 Dispersion 106 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 55 Dispersion 32 Dispersion 107 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Example 56 Dispersion 32 Dispersion 104 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Comparative example 1 Dispersion C1 82.69 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 Comparative example 2 Dispersion C2 Dispersion 106 58.30 24.40 D-3 0.53 M-1 1.90 C-3 0.65 W-2 0.139 [Table 6] polymerization inhibitor UV absorber Antioxidants Epoxy compound Solvent Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Example 39 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 40 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 41 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 42 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 43 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 44 H-1 0.001 V-2 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 45 H-1 0.001 - 0 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 46 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 I-1 0.002 - - S-1 13.80 Example 47 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - E-1 0.002 S-1 13.80 Example 48 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 49 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 50 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - S-1 13.80 Example 51 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 S-4 10.35 3.45 Example 52 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 53 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 54 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 55 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Example 56 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Comparative example 1 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80 Comparative example 2 H-1 0.001 V-1 0.30 - - - - S-1 13.80

顯示上述著色組成物的配方之表中的用縮寫表示之材料的詳細內容如下所述。Details of the materials represented by abbreviations in the table showing the formulation of the coloring composition are as follows.

(分散液) 分散液1~33、101~107、C1、C2:上述分散液1~33、101~107、C1、C2 (Dispersions) Dispersions 1 to 33, 101 to 107, C1, C2: the above dispersions 1 to 33, 101 to 107, C1, C2

(黏合劑) D-3:表示為分散劑D-3之樹脂 D-6:下述結構的樹脂(重量平均分子量11000、標註於主鏈之數值為莫耳比。) D-7:下述結構的樹脂(重量平均分子量14000、標註於主鏈之數值為莫耳比。) [化學式40] (Binder) D-3: Resin represented as dispersant D-3 D-6: Resin with the following structure (weight average molecular weight 11,000, the value indicated on the main chain is molar ratio.) D-7: The following Structured resin (weight average molecular weight 14,000, the value marked on the main chain is molar ratio.) [Chemical Formula 40]

(聚合性化合物) M-1:下述結構的化合物的混合物(左側化合物(6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物)與右側化合物(5官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物)的莫耳比為7:3的混合物) [化學式41] M-2:下述結構的化合物 [化學式42] M-3:下述結構的化合物 [化學式43] (Polymerizable compound) M-1: Molar ratio of a mixture of compounds having the following structure (compound on the left (6-functional (meth)acrylate compound) and compound on the right (5-functional (meth)acrylate compound)) is a 7:3 mixture) [Chemical Formula 41] M-2: Compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 42] M-3: Compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 43]

(光聚合起始劑) C-1~C-5:下述結構的化合物 [化學式44] (Photopolymerization initiator) C-1 to C-5: Compounds with the following structure [Chemical Formula 44]

(界面活性劑) W-1:下述結構的化合物(重量平均分子量14000,表示重複單元的比例之%的數值為莫耳%) [化學式45] W-2:下述結構的化合物(重量平均分子量3000) [化學式46] (Surfactant) W-1: Compound with the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 14,000, the value indicating the percentage of repeating units is molar %) [Chemical Formula 45] W-2: Compound with the following structure (weight average molecular weight 3000) [Chemical Formula 46]

(聚合抑制劑) H-1:對甲氧基苯酚 (polymerization inhibitor) H-1: p-methoxyphenol

(紫外線吸收劑) V-1:下述結構的化合物 V-2:下述結構的化合物 [化學式47] (Ultraviolet absorber) V-1: Compound with the following structure V-2: Compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 47]

(抗氧化劑) I-1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式48] (Antioxidant) I-1: Compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 48]

(環氧化合物) E-1:EHPE3150(Daicel Corporation製造) (epoxy compound) E-1: EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation)

(溶劑) S-1:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 S-2:丙二醇單甲醚 S-4:環己酮 (solvent) S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether S-4: cyclohexanone

<光譜特性的評價> 將各著色組成物利用旋塗法塗佈於玻璃基板上,然後使用加熱板以100℃加熱120分鐘而獲得了著色組成物層。將所獲得之著色組成物層使用i射線步進機以500mJ/cm 2的曝光量進行了曝光。接著,使用加熱板以200℃對曝光後的著色組成物層進行5分鐘的硬化處理,獲得了厚度0.6μm的膜。 對於所獲得之膜,使用分光光度計(U-4100、Hitachi High-Tech Corporation.製造),測定了波長300nm~1000nm的範圍內的光的透射率。關於光譜特性的評價,使用由下述式計算之透射率比T進行了評價。透射率比T的值越低,越表示作為綠色像素的光譜特性優異。 透射率比T=(Tmin/Tmax)×100 Tmax:波長500nm~600nm下的最大透射率 Tmin:波長620nm~700nm下的最低透射率 〔評價基準〕 A:透射率比T未達8 B:透射率比T為8以上且未達10 C:透射率比T為10以上 <Evaluation of Spectral Characteristics> Each colored composition was applied on a glass substrate by spin coating, and then heated at 100° C. for 120 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a colored composition layer. The obtained colored composition layer was exposed using an i-ray stepper at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 . Next, the exposed colored composition layer was hardened at 200° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a film with a thickness of 0.6 μm. For the obtained film, the transmittance of light in the wavelength range of 300 nm to 1000 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (U-4100, manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Corporation). Regarding the evaluation of the spectral characteristics, the transmittance ratio T calculated by the following formula was used. The lower the value of the transmittance ratio T, the more excellent the spectral characteristics of the green pixel are. Transmittance ratio T = (Tmin/Tmax) × 100 Tmax: The maximum transmittance at a wavelength of 500nm to 600nm Tmin: The lowest transmittance at a wavelength of 620nm to 700nm [Evaluation criteria] A: The transmittance ratio T does not reach 8 B: Transmission The transmittance ratio T is 8 or more and less than 10 C: The transmittance ratio T is 10 or more

<耐光性的評價> 將各著色組成物利用旋塗法塗佈於玻璃基板上,然後使用加熱板以100℃加熱120分鐘而獲得了著色組成物層。將所獲得之著色組成物層使用i射線步進機以500mJ/cm 2的曝光量進行了曝光。接著,使用加熱板以200℃對曝光後的著色組成物層進行5分鐘的硬化處理,獲得了厚度0.6μm的膜。 將所獲得之膜安裝於搭載超氙燈(10萬勒克司)的褪色試驗機,並使其通過紫外線截止過濾器,將10萬勒克司的光照射了113小時。接著,使用分光光度計(U-4100、Hitachi High-Tech Corporation.製造)測定了光照射後的膜的透過光譜。關於光照射前後的極大吸收波長的吸光度,由下述式計算其殘存率,並以下述基準評價了耐光性。 殘存率(%)={(光照射後的膜在極大吸收波長下的吸光度)÷(光照射前的膜在極大吸收波長下的吸光度)}×100 〔評價基準〕 A:殘存率超過95%且為100%以下 B:殘存率超過80%且為95%以下 C:殘存率為80%以下 <Evaluation of light resistance> Each colored composition was applied on a glass substrate by spin coating, and then heated at 100° C. for 120 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a colored composition layer. The obtained colored composition layer was exposed using an i-ray stepper at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 . Next, the exposed colored composition layer was hardened at 200° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a film with a thickness of 0.6 μm. The obtained film was installed in a fading tester equipped with a super-xenon lamp (100,000 lux), passed through an ultraviolet cutoff filter, and irradiated with 100,000 lux light for 113 hours. Next, the transmission spectrum of the film after light irradiation was measured using a spectrophotometer (U-4100, manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Corporation). Regarding the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength before and after light irradiation, the residual rate was calculated from the following formula, and the light resistance was evaluated based on the following criteria. Residue rate (%) = {(Absorbance of the film at the maximum absorption wavelength after light irradiation) ÷ (Absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength of the film before light irradiation)} × 100 [Evaluation criteria] A: Retention rate exceeds 95% And less than 100% B: Survival rate exceeds 80% and less than 95% C: Survival rate is less than 80%

[表7]    評價結果 光譜特性 耐光性 實施例1 A A 實施例2 A A 實施例3 B A 實施例4 B A 實施例5 A A 實施例6 A A 實施例7 A A 實施例8 B A 實施例9 A A 實施例10 A A 實施例11 A A 實施例12 A A 實施例13 A A 實施例14 A B 實施例15 A A 實施例16 A B 實施例17 A A 實施例18 B A 實施例19 A A 實施例20 A A 實施例21 A A 實施例22 A A 實施例23 A A 實施例24 A A 實施例25 A B 實施例26 A A 實施例27 A A 實施例28 A A 實施例29 B A 實施例30 B B 實施例31 B A 實施例32 A A 實施例33 A A 實施例34 A A 實施例35 A A 實施例36 A A 實施例37 A A 實施例38 A A 實施例39 A A 實施例40 A A [表8]    評價結果 光譜特性 耐光性 實施例41 A A 實施例42 A A 實施例43 A A 實施例44 A A 實施例45 A A 實施例46 A A 實施例47 A A 實施例48 A A 實施例49 A A 實施例50 A A 實施例51 A A 實施例52 A B 實施例53 A A 實施例54 A A 實施例55 A A 實施例56 B A 比較例1 C C 比較例2 C C [Table 7] Evaluation results Spectral characteristics Lightfastness Example 1 A A Example 2 A A Example 3 B A Example 4 B A Example 5 A A Example 6 A A Example 7 A A Example 8 B A Example 9 A A Example 10 A A Example 11 A A Example 12 A A Example 13 A A Example 14 A B Example 15 A A Example 16 A B Example 17 A A Example 18 B A Example 19 A A Example 20 A A Example 21 A A Example 22 A A Example 23 A A Example 24 A A Example 25 A B Example 26 A A Example 27 A A Example 28 A A Example 29 B A Example 30 B B Example 31 B A Example 32 A A Example 33 A A Example 34 A A Example 35 A A Example 36 A A Example 37 A A Example 38 A A Example 39 A A Example 40 A A [Table 8] Evaluation results Spectral characteristics Lightfastness Example 41 A A Example 42 A A Example 43 A A Example 44 A A Example 45 A A Example 46 A A Example 47 A A Example 48 A A Example 49 A A Example 50 A A Example 51 A A Example 52 A B Example 53 A A Example 54 A A Example 55 A A Example 56 B A Comparative example 1 C C Comparative example 2 C C

如上述表所示,實施例的著色組成物能夠形成耐光性優異之膜。此外,實施例的著色組成物為作為綠色像素的光譜特性優異者。As shown in the table above, the colored compositions of the Examples can form films with excellent light resistance. Furthermore, the colored compositions of the Examples have excellent spectral characteristics as green pixels.

藉由使用從實施例的著色組成物獲得之膜,可獲得耐光性優異之濾色器、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。By using the film obtained from the colored composition of the Example, a color filter, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device excellent in light resistance can be obtained.

Claims (16)

一種著色組成物,其係含有著色劑、硬化性化合物及溶劑之著色組成物,其中 前述著色劑含有由式(1)表示之化合物, 式(1)中,Ar 1及Ar 2分別獨立地表示取代基, Y 1及Y 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基, R 1~R 4分別獨立地表示取代基, Ar 1及Ar 2中的至少一個為單環的5員環的雜環基。 A coloring composition containing a colorant, a curable compound and a solvent, wherein the colorant contains a compound represented by formula (1), In formula (1), Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a substituent, Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a substituent, Ar 1 and Ar 2 At least one of them is a monocyclic 5-membered heterocyclic group. 如請求項1所述之著色組成物,其中 前述式(1)的Ar 1及Ar 2分別獨立地為由式(Ar-1)表示之基團, 式(Ar-1)中,X 1表示S、O或NR X1,R X1表示氫原子或取代基,R A1及R A2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,*表示連接鍵。 The coloring composition as described in claim 1, wherein Ar 1 and Ar 2 of the aforementioned formula (1) are each independently a group represented by the formula (Ar-1), In the formula (Ar-1), X 1 represents S, O or NR X1 , R X1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R A1 and R A2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and * represents a bond. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 前述式(1)的R 1及R 2中的至少一個為在鄰位具有取代基之芳基。 The colored composition according to Claim 1 or Claim 2, wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 in the aforementioned formula (1) is an aryl group having a substituent at the ortho position. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 R 1及R 2中的至少一個為烷基。 The coloring composition according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 前述式(1)的Y 1及Y 2分別獨立地表示-BR Y1R Y2,R Y1及R Y2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基或氰基,R Y1及R Y2可以互相鍵結而形成環。 The colored composition as claimed in Claim 1 or Claim 2, wherein Y 1 and Y 2 in the aforementioned formula (1) each independently represent -BR Y1 R Y2 , and R Y1 and R Y2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen. Atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group or cyano group, R Y1 and R Y2 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. 如請求項5所述之著色組成物,其中 R Y1及R Y2互相鍵結而形成環。 The colored composition according to claim 5, wherein R Y1 and R Y2 are bonded to each other to form a ring. 如請求項1所述之著色組成物,其中 前述由式(1)表示之化合物為由式(2)表示之化合物, 式(2)中,X 11及X 12分別獨立地表示S、O或NR X11,R X11表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, R A11~R A14分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基,R A11~R A14中的至少一個為鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基, Y 11及Y 12分別獨立地表示-BR Y1R Y2,R Y1及R Y2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基或氰基,R Y1及R Y2可以互相鍵結而形成環, R 11及R 12分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜環基, R 13及R 14表示氰基。 The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by formula (1) is a compound represented by formula (2), In formula ( 2 ) , X11 and X12 independently represent S, O or NR X11 , R group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amino group or cyano group, at least one of R A11 to R A14 is a halogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amino group or cyano group group, Y 11 and Y 12 each independently represent -BR Y1 R Y2 , R Y1 and R Y2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aromatic group Oxygen group, heterocyclic oxygen group or cyano group, R Y1 and R Y2 can bond with each other to form a ring, R 11 and R 12 independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, R 13 and R 14 represent cyano base. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 前述著色劑還含有黃色著色劑。 The colored composition as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The aforementioned coloring agent also contains a yellow coloring agent. 如請求項8所述之著色組成物,其中 前述著色劑中的由式(1)表示之化合物與黃色著色劑的合計含量為55質量%以上。 The coloring composition as described in claim 8, wherein The total content of the compound represented by formula (1) and the yellow colorant in the colorant is 55% by mass or more. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 前述著色劑含有顏料衍生物。 The colored composition as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The aforementioned colorant contains a pigment derivative. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其用於形成綠色像素。The coloring composition according to claim 1 or claim 2, which is used to form green pixels. 一種膜,其由請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物而獲得。A film obtained from the colored composition described in Claim 1 or Claim 2. 一種濾色器,其具有請求項12所述之膜。A color filter having the film described in claim 12. 一種固體攝像元件,其具有請求項12所述之膜。A solid-state imaging element having the film according to claim 12. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有請求項12所述之膜。An image display device having the film according to claim 12. 一種化合物,其由式(2)表示, 式(2)中,X 11及X 12分別獨立地表示S、O或NR X11,R X11表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, R A11~R A14分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基,R A11~R A14中的至少一個為鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜環基、胺基或氰基, Y 11及Y 12分別獨立地表示-BR Y1R Y2,R Y1及R Y2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基或氰基,R Y1及R Y2可以互相鍵結而形成環, R 11及R 12分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜環基, R 13及R 14表示氰基。 A compound represented by formula (2), In formula ( 2 ) , X11 and X12 independently represent S, O or NR X11 , R group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amino group or cyano group, at least one of R A11 to R A14 is a halogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, amino group or cyano group group, Y 11 and Y 12 each independently represent -BR Y1 R Y2 , R Y1 and R Y2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aromatic group Oxygen group, heterocyclic oxygen group or cyano group, R Y1 and R Y2 can bond with each other to form a ring, R 11 and R 12 independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, R 13 and R 14 represent cyano base.
TW112105873A 2022-02-22 2023-02-17 Colored composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound TW202340218A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-025285 2022-02-22
JP2022025285 2022-02-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202340218A true TW202340218A (en) 2023-10-16

Family

ID=87765880

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112105873A TW202340218A (en) 2022-02-22 2023-02-17 Colored composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202340218A (en)
WO (1) WO2023162790A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5490475B2 (en) * 2009-09-24 2014-05-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition containing near-infrared absorbing dye, ink composition and method for producing near-infrared absorbing filter
EP3410162B1 (en) * 2016-01-29 2024-08-28 FUJIFILM Corporation Composition, film, near-infrared cutoff filter, laminate, pattern formation method, solid-state image sensor, image display device, infrared sensor and color filter
JP6752664B2 (en) * 2016-09-20 2020-09-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for Producing Pigment Dispersion Solution and Method for Producing Curable Composition
JP6936856B2 (en) * 2017-06-12 2021-09-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Manufacturing method of curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device, infrared sensor, dispersion aid, dispersion liquid and dispersion liquid

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023162790A1 (en) 2023-08-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW202009243A (en) Colored composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023008352A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and dye multimer
TW202231790A (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
JP2024071438A (en) Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
JP7419475B2 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, structure, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW202323314A (en) Colored curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
TW202231789A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
TW202248368A (en) Colored composition, method for producing film, method for producing color filter, method for producing solid imaging element, and method for producing image display device
KR20230003126A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
TW202340218A (en) Colored composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
JP7415020B2 (en) Colored composition, optical filter manufacturing method, and solid-state imaging device manufacturing method
TW202348739A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW202338012A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW202344620A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW202346376A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW202337923A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023037828A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
TW202402967A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW202337925A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2022230625A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
TW202336118A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
US20230367052A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging element
TW202348742A (en) Resin composition, method for producing resin composition, pigment derivative, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW202434916A (en) Color filter manufacturing method and solid-state imaging device manufacturing method
KR20240075890A (en) Curable composition, method for producing a cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator